4010-2012 Foodservice Guidelines for EDI

Transcription

Foodservice EDI Transaction Sets
Order to Cash
Business Process Flow Information
With Implementation Guidelines
Prepared by:
Technical Standards Work Group Foodservice
Date:
March 2012
Publication Version: 1.0
Technical Standards Work Group – Foodservice
Foodservice Business Process and EDI (GS1C11-513)
Table of Contents
Disclaimer ....................................................................................................................................................... 4
DOCUMENT HISTORY ........................................................................................................................... 5
DOCUMENT CONTRIBUTION ................................................................................................................ 5
Change Request - GS1C11-513 - Foodservice EDI Transaction Sets for Order-To-Cash ............................ 6
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................... 7
BUSINESS PROCESS ANALYSIS .......................................................................................................... 8
MISSION .................................................................................................................................................... 8
SCOPE ........................................................................................................................................................ 8
AUDIENCE .................................................................................................................................................. 8
KEY PRINCIPALS AND RULES ...................................................................................................................... 8
GENERAL DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................................................. 9
Initial Challenges ............................................................................................................................................ 9
Dependancies/References ............................................................................................................................. 9
How to Read This Document .......................................................................................................................... 9
BUSINESS PROCESS OVERVIEW ...................................................................................................... 10
Figure 0 – Order to Payment Process ........................................................................................................... 10
Initial order-to-cash process: .................................................................................................................. 11
The Actors: .............................................................................................................................................. 11
PROCESS: PURCHASE ORDER ......................................................................................................... 12
Definition/Rational ....................................................................................................................................... 12
Actors ........................................................................................................................................................... 12
Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 12
EDI Transaction Set(s) to support business process: .................................................................................... 13
Figure 1 – Purchase Order Process Flow ...................................................................................................... 13
PROCESS: PURCHASE ORDER CHANGE ......................................................................................... 14
Actors ........................................................................................................................................................... 14
Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 14
Figure 2 – Purchase Order Change – Purchasing Organization Initiated ..................................................... 15
Figure 2a – Purchase Order Change – Selling Organization Initiated ........................................................... 17
PROCESS: SHIPPING .......................................................................................................................... 18
Actors ........................................................................................................................................................... 18
Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 18
Figure 3 – Shipping Process from Selling Organization ................................................................................ 19
2012 GS1 Canada – Technical Standards Work Group - Foodservice EDI
Page 2 of 57
PROCESS: RECEIVING ........................................................................................................................ 20
Actors ........................................................................................................................................................... 20
Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 20
Figure 4 - Receiving Process to Purchasing Organization ............................................................................. 21
PROCESS: INVOICE ............................................................................................................................. 22
Actors ........................................................................................................................................................... 22
Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 22
Figure 5 - Invoice Process from Selling Organization ................................................................................... 23
PROCESS: PAYMENT (REMITTANCE) ............................................................................................... 24
Actors ........................................................................................................................................................... 24
Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 24
Figure 6 - Payment Remittance by Purchasing Organization ....................................................................... 25
APPENDIX 1: TRANSACTION SETS AND MAINTENANCE SUBMISSION ........................................ 26
APPENDIX 1: MAINTENANCE SUBMISSION FORM COMPLETED ................................................... 28
APPENDIX 2: BUSINESS EXAMPLES ................................................................................................. 30
Business Examples A .................................................................................................................................... 30
Business Examples B .................................................................................................................................... 39
Document 850 – Purchase Order ............................................................................................................ 39
Document 856 – Ship Notice/Manifest ................................................................................................... 41
Document 810 – Invoice.......................................................................................................................... 44
Document 820 –Remittance Advice ........................................................................................................ 46
APPENDIX 4: EDI OVERVIEW.............................................................................................................. 47
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE (EDI) ...................................................... 47
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 47
EDI: THE CONCEPT ................................................................................................................................... 47
BENEFITS OF EDI ...................................................................................................................................... 47
EDI IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS....................................................................................... 49
Problems to avoid ................................................................................................................................... 49
Implementation Checklist ....................................................................................................................... 50
APPENDIX 5: GLOSSARY .................................................................................................................... 56
APPENDIX 6: INDUSTRY IMPLEMENTATION ROAD MAP WITH TIMELINES.................................. 57
Page 3 of 57
Disclaimer
GS1 Canada is providing this voluntary standard as a service to the Canadian healthcare industry. This voluntary standard guideline was developed through a
consensus process of industry participants
.
Although efforts have been made to assure that the standard guideline is correct, reliable, and technically accurate, GS1 Canada makes no warranty or
representation, express or implied, that this standard is correct, will not require modification as experience and technological advances dictate, or will be suitable
for any purpose or workable in any application, or otherwise. Use of the standard is with the understanding that GS1 Canada has no liability for any claim to the
contrary, or for any damage or loss of any kind or nature. If a user perceives a need for a change to the standard, they should contact GS1 Canada.
Users are cautioned that this is a voluntary healthcare industry standard. Should it conflict with government laws or regulations, the legal requirements supersede
the standard.
Page 4 of 57
DOCUMENT HISTORY
Version No.
1.0
Actions
Author
Initial Publication
Technical Work Group - Foodservice
Date
March 2012
DOCUMENT CONTRIBUTION
Company
ARAMARK Canada Ltd.
Cadbury Adams Canada Inc.
Gateway Grocer
Flanagan Foodservice Inc.
Gordon Food Service
Gourmet Baker Inc.
H.J. Heinz of Canada Ltd.
Holt Renfrew
I-D Foods Corporation
Kraft Canada Inc.
Lassonde Industries
McCormick Canada
Nestle Canada Inc.
Parmalat Canada
Saputo Inc.
Smucker Foods of Canada
Sysco Canada
Sysco Canada
Tannis Food Distributors
The Overwaitea Food Group
Thomas, Large & Singer Inc.
Weston Bakeries
Zast Foods Corporation
GS1 Canada
GS1 Canada
GS1 US
Representative
Larysa Ihnatowycz
Rose DeLuca
Stephane Cadieux
Ernest Krawetz
Kathryn Moore
King Kho
Richard McTavish
Chris Ford
Gabrielle Litschauer
Bill Powell
Guy Vezina
Kim Chalk
Sean Byrne
Shani Williams
Curtis Aikens
Paula Mandel
Karen Hurley
Xenia Di Natale
Fadi Swayty
Cindy McLean
Debi McOuat
Hong Tran
Jayne Hughes
Rita Laur
Nicole Golestani
Steven Rosenberg
Title
Sr. Director of Distribution
GDS Operations
Food Safety Manager
V.P. Information Technology
Item Data Integrity / EDI Administrator
QA & Food Safety Supervisor
Systems Analysis - EDI/Sales
EDI Specialist
Procedures/Data integrity coordinator
eBusiness Analyst
eCommerce specialist
Business Analyst - Electronic Data
Data Manager
Packaging Technician
Corporate Business Analyst
Senior Business Analyst
Manager, Healthcare
Manager, Supply Chain Services
Project Manager
Sr. Business Analyst
EDI & Database Services Manager
Category Manager, Food Service
V.P. Operations
Director Standards
Implementation Manager
Director, Electronic Commerce
Page 5 of 57
Change Request - GS1C11-513 - Foodservice EDI Transaction Sets for Order-To-Cash
Submitter - Food Service Sector Board
B: PROPOSED ACTION
List specific changes needed, if known, to be implementation guidelines to satisfy the business need. If necessary, attach additional
documentation.
Establish a working group to review existing Order-To-Cash transactions, revise, approve and publish a Foodservice
Implementation Guideline for EDI. Transactions to be included are: • 850 Purchase Order • 855 Purchase Order
Acknowledgment • 856 Ship Notice / Manifest (ASN Advance Ship Notice) • 810 Invoice • 997 Functional
Acknowledgment Establish the version for all Foodservice Industry to use.
C: EXPECTED BENEFITS, OPPORTUNITIES AND EARLY ADOPTERS
Explain what business benefits or opportunities can be realized by this request and list those organizations, apart from the submitters,
who will benefit from the resulting global solution. If necessary, attach additional documentation.
Reasons for implementing EDI fall increasingly within the tactical rather than the strategic category. Standardize
electronic communication for the order-to-cash process will improve the efficiency and accuracy of information.
Listed below are some of the major benefits identified by many companies already involved in EDI: • Improved
accuracy • Increased customer service • Increased improvement in patient safety • Reduced manual data entry •
Reduced postage and handling cost • Reduced printing cost of forms • Reduced mail time • Reduced labour
processing cost • Reduced order cycle time • Reduced lead times • Reduced filing of paperwork • Reduced inventory
carrying cost
Attachments:
There are no attachments associated with this request.
D: BUSINESS FUNCTION/PURPOSE
Explain, in detail, the business function, operation or problem that will be satisfied by the change, I.e., what is the change accomplishing
from a business or carrier performance perspective. Use additional pages if necessary.
Modify electronic communication systems to send and receive the order – to – cash EDI transactions between
trading partners.
Page 6 of 57
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This document was created to provide a path for Foodservice companies to achieve efficiencies in their operations by
adopting the use of electronic messaging for business documents that are exchanged between trading partners.
Current business processes rely on paper based exchange between trading paprtners via fax, mail or email, and are
manually entered into internal systems. This adds time and may cause data entry errors in the business processes.
Implementing electronic messages allows the business to re-engineer those processes to take advantage of the increased
speed and accuracy of the data exchanged.
A team of cross-industry experts assembled this document to describe the key areas affected in the current business
processes and the electronic messages that can be implemented to support them. The business processes covered are:
•
PURCHASE ORDER
•
PURCHASE ORDER CHANGE
•
SHIPPING
•
RECEIVING
•
INVOICE
•
PAYMENT
EDI (Electronic Data Interchange) is the method for electronic messaging used in Canada. This document recommends the
use of the GS1 Canada Food Service VICS Implementation Guideline for EDI which is based on the voluntary use of the EDI
X12 standards.
Page 7 of 57
BUSINESS PROCESS ANALYSIS
MISSION
Establish a working group to review existing Order-To-Cash transactions, revise, approve and publish a Foodservice
Business Process Analysis with an Implementation Guideline for EDI. Transactions included: Purchase Order, Purchase
Order Acknowledgment, Purchase Order Change, Advance Ship Notice, Invoice and Payment Remittance / Payment
Advice.
Establish the EDI version for all Foodservice Industry to use.
SCOPE
To document the order-to-cash processes and to establish industry best practice for electonic communication in Food
Service.
Out of scope
• Business process timelines as they are part of the trading partner agreement.
• Receiving exception process
• Payment dispute resolution
• Back order process
• Carrier processing
• Carrier selection
• Discrepancy resolution
• Product activity reporting
• Vendor managed inventory (VMI)
• Rebate processing
• Substitutions
AUDIENCE
The different sections of this document have been written for different audiences; ranging from the General Manager who
will be faced with the decision to implement the EDI project with all of the attendant business considerations, to the
technicians who will perform the data requirements and the programming efforts.
KEY PRINCIPALS AND RULES
The business intention is to develop standards to aid the communication of order to cash for the Food Service sector.
1. All foodservice communication is goverened by local regualtions, policy and guidelines.
2. Establish trading partner agreements/contracts.
3. Each trade item must be referenced using an unique identifier.
4. Each trading partners address and contact information must be established.
5. Each transaction must be uniquly identified and clearly state it’s purpose.
6. Trading partners must synchronize product data prior to transactional communication.
7. Transaction recipients must acknowledge the receipt of the transaction.
8. One invoice per shipment.
9. Include established audit trails for each business process.
Page 8 of 57
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Initial Challenges
As organizations recognize a need to improve the efficiency of their business processes, some of the major challenges are:
•
•
•
•
•
Manual data entry effort
Data entry errors
Warehouse inefficiencies
Cost increases in manual operations
Large amounts of paperwork and requisite storage Assumptions
GS1 Canada Food Service VICS Implementation Guideline for EDI is based on the voluntary use of X12 standards.
Dependancies/References
Reference Name
X12 EDI standards
Description
Message Transaction Sets
• Purchase Order (850)
• Purchase Order Change (860)
• Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855)
• Ship Notice / Manifest (ASN Advance Ship Notice) (856)
• Invoice (810)
• Remittance Advice (820)
• Functional Acknowledgment (997)*
NOTE: A functional acknowledgment is sent after each
transmission. This is to confirm the transaction was received by the
trading partner.
Canadian VICS EDI Guideline
GS1 General Specification
Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice
Implementation Guideline for EDI Published 1998 (v4010)
Barcode Standards and Allocation Rules
How to Read This Document
1. Each business process has steps identified alpha numerically. This alpha numeric is matched to the process flow
diagram for the specific step.
2. Each diagram has respective actor swim lanes. Within the diagram message is in lower case as the step is not an
actor.
Page 9 of 57
BUSINESS PROCESS OVERVIEW
Figure 0 – Order to Payment Process
Note: see Key Principals
Purchasing
Organization
Messages
Selling
Organization
Purchase Order (850)
Purchase
Order
Purchase Order
Acknowledgement (855)
Purchase
Order
Purchase
Order
Change
Purchase Order Change (860)
Purchase
Order
Change
Advanced Ship Notice (856)
Receiving
Invoice
Shipping
Invoice (810)
Invoice
Remittance/ Payment Advice (820)
Payment
Payment
Page 10 of 57
Initial order-to-cash process:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Purchase Order
Purchase Order Change (Optional)
Shipping
Receiving
Invoice
Payment
The Actors:
Accounts Payable
Position paying the invoice at the purchasing organization
Accounts Receivable
Position issuing invoice and receiving payment at the selling organization
Bill-to Organization
Organization receiving invoices on behalf of the purchasing organization
Buyer
Position purchasing the product at the purchasing organization
Carrier
Organization handling the delivery of shipment(s)
Customer Service
Position processing the purchase order at the selling organization
Purchasing Organization
The Operator/Distributor/Provider that is purchasing product
Selling Organization
The Supplier/Manufacturer/Vendor/Broker that is selling the product
Shipper
Individual/Department responsible for preparing the shipment at the selling organization
Receiver
Organization handling the receipt of shipment(s)
Page 11 of 57
PROCESS: PURCHASE ORDER
Definition/Rational
A buyer authorizes a request for goods or services. When accepted by the seller, it becomes a contract binding on both
parties.
Actors
Buyer
Customer Service
Process
Pre-requisite process
None
A1. Purchase Order creation (Purchasing Organization - Buyer)
The buyer for the purchasing organization has identified the need to purchase a product. The buyer enters the
details into the purchasing system and creates a purchase order. The purchase order is communicated to the
selling organization.
A2. Purchase Order receipt confirmation (Selling Organization – Customer Service)
The selling organization optionally sends a communication back to the purchasing organization that the purchase
order was received. This communication purely is to communicate that the purchase order was received and does
not confirm that the purchase order will be shipped.
A3. Purchase Order review (Selling Organization – Customer Service)
Customer service will review the purchase order and confirm the contents.
This confirmation includes checking of the following on the purchase order:
• Product GTIN
• Product quantities – variable or catch weight
• Delivery/pickup/appointment (date and time)/cancellation date
• Shipping instructions
 Method
 Specific arrival window (time)
• Shipping locations
• Pricing/currency
• Billing information
• Special instructions
 Marked pricing on product
• Freight on board (FOB)
A4. Acceptance of Purchase Order (Selling Organization – Customer Service)
When the purchase order is accepted without changes, the selling organization acknowledges confirmation to the
buying organization (as agreed by trading partners).
A5. Any rejections or changes to the purchase order will be addressed in the purchase order change process.
Page 12 of 57
EDI Transaction Set(s) to support business process:
• Purchase Order (850)
• Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855)
Figure 1 – Purchase Order Process Flow
Purchase Order
Buyer
messages
Customer Service
Representative
Start
A1
Purchase Order
Creation
A2
Confirmation
Received
Purchase Order
Purchase Order
Receipt
Confirmation
Purchase Order
Received
Optional
A3
Purchase Order
Review
A4
Purchase Order
Approval
Received
Purchase Order
Acknowledgement
- Approval
Purchase Order
Acknowledgement Change/Rejection
Yes
Accept
Purchase
Order?
No
A5
See Purchase
Order Change
Process
Page 13 of 57
PROCESS: PURCHASE ORDER CHANGE
Definition/Rational
A change to an existing Purchase Order. It can be initiated by the Purchasing Organization or the Selling Organization
Actors
Buyer
Customer Service
Process
Pre-requisite processes:
1. Purchase Order
Purchase Order Change initiated by the Purchasing Organization
B1. Purchase Order Change initiated by Purchasing Organization
The Buyer determines that a change needs to be made to an existing Purchase Order. A change could take one of the
following forms:
B2. A change to the existing Purchase Order under the existing Purchase Order number
B3. The original Purchase Order is cancelled and a new Purchase Order is issued. In this situation the change
being communicated is the cancel and the process starts over from scratch with a new Purchase Order and
new Purchase
A change to a Purchase Order could affect any of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Product/quantities
Delivery/pickup/appointment/cancellation date
Shipping method
Shipping locations
Pricing/currency
Billing information
Special instructions
Once finalized, the Buyer sends the Purchase Order Change to the Selling Organization. The Change could re-issue
the entire Purchase Order, or just communicate the changes.
B4. Customer service receives the purchase order change and puts the new version of the purchase order through the
same review processes as described for the purchase order in the section above.
Customer service then communicates the acceptance or rejection of the changes back to the purchasing organization.
Page 14 of 57
Figure 2 – Purchase Order Change – Purchasing Organization Initiated
PO Change – Purchasing Organization Initiated
Buyer
messages
Customer Service
Representative
Start
B1
Reason for
Purchase Order
Change Identified
B2
Cancel or
Revision
B4
Purchase Order
Change
Revision
Purchase Order
Change Review
See Purchase
Order Process
Cancel
B3
Purchase Order
Cancel
Cancellation of
Purchase Order in
Sellers system
End
Page 15 of 57
Purchase Order Change initiated by the Selling Organization
C1. Purchase Order Change initiated by the Selling Organization after the Purchase Order was accepted
Selling organization identifies that a purchase order which has been received and accepted cannot be fulfilled as
agreed and requires a change.
Changes could affect the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Product/quantities
Delivery/pickup/appointment/cancellation date
Shipping method
Shipping locations
Pricing/currency
Billing information
Customer Service communicates the change to the buyer.
C2. The buyer can accept, revise, and reject a purchase order change. An additional option is to cancel the purchase
order.
C3. Customer service is notified of the changed purchase order and puts the new version of the purchase order
through the same review process.
Customer service communicates a final confirmation of the acceptance or rejection of the changes back to the
buyer.
Page 16 of 57
Figure 2a – Purchase Order Change – Selling Organization Initiated
PO Change – Selling Organization Initiated
Buyer
messages
Customer Service
Representative
Start
C2
C1
Purchase Order
Change Request
Purchase Order
change review
Reason for
Purchase Order
Change Identified
Purchase
Order Change
accepted?
Yes
No
C3
Purchase Order
Change
Purchase Order
Change Review
Revisions
Additional revisions to
the Purchase Order
Change or Cancel?
See Purchase
Order Process
C3
Cancel
Purchase Order
Cancel
Cancellation of
Purchase Order in
Sellers system
End
Page 17 of 57
PROCESS: SHIPPING
Definition/Rational
The shipping process is the logistics process of transferring of goods from the selling organization to the purchasing
organization.
Actors
Customer Service
Shipper
Carrier
Individual/Department responsible for preparing the shipment at the selling
organization
Process
1. Purchase Order
2. Purchase Order Change (Optional)
Shipping Process from Selling Organization
D1. The selling organization shipping department receives the purchase order from the selling organizations customer
service.
D2. A carrier and shipping route is then determined (out of scope) and assigned to the purchase order.
D3. The product is then picked from the warehouse, staged for shipping and loaded with the appropriate labels and
machine readable bar code. The Bill of Lading and/or Packing Slip is generated and included with the shipment
(mandatory minimum of one).
D4. The bill of lading and/or packing slip contains the following information:
• Bill of lading/Packing slip date (mandatory)
• Delivery date and time (mandatory)
• PO number (s) (mandatory)
• Bill of lading number and/or Packing slip number (mandatory)
• Master bill of lading (optional)
• Ship to (ID Number, Name and address) (mandatory)
• Product identification (Description and GTIN) (mandatory)
• Product quantities – variable or catch weight (mandatory)
• Special instructions (optional)
• Gross weight (mandatory)
• Cube (optional)
• Number of pallets/shipping units (optional)
• Type of pallets (optional)
• Product information may include
1. batch or lot codes,
2. dates such as best before, expiry, pack, etc
3. subject to regulatory and industry standards
• Selling organization tracking identification (tracking and tracing/traceability) (optional)
Page 18 of 57
D5. Once loaded the Carrier signs for the load and departs for the Purchasing Organization’s ship to location.
D6. Optionally, the Advanced Ship Notice is generated by the Selling Organization and sent to the buying organization. The
Advanced Ship Notice includes the information on the Bill of Lading or Packing Slip plus:
• Routing information (mandatory)
• Pallet/Shipping Unit Label tag numbers (mandatory)
• Packaging hierarchy with quantities (mandatory)
• Shipping Notice / Manifest (856) (Advance Ship Notice –ASN)
Figure 3 – Shipping Process from Selling Organization
Shipping
Customer Service
Representative
Shipping
Carrier
messages
Buying Organization
Start
D1
Purchase Order
sent to shipping
D2
Shipping Route is
determined
D3
D4
Bill of Lading/
Packing Slip
Product is picked
and staged for
shipping
See Receiving
Process
D6
D5
Advanced
Ship Notice
(Optional)
Product is loaded
Carrier signs for
Load
End
Page 19 of 57
PROCESS: RECEIVING
Definition/Rational
The receiving process is the logistics process of accepting delivery of goods from the carrier.
Actors
Accounts Payable
Carrier
Receiver
Organization handling the receipt of shipment(s)
Process
1. Purchase Order
3. Shipping
Receiving Process to Purchasing Organization
E1. The Purchasing Organization optionally receives the Advanced Ship Notice.
E2. The delivery arrives at the Purchasing Organizations ship to location. The delivery is then validated by the Receiver by
comparing the delivery/receiving schedule against the paperwork for the delivery. This validation checks the purchase
order number, the delivery address, etc.
E3. Once passed the validation, the delivery arrives at the receiving dock. E4. The Receiver conducts a load inspection of
the inbound carrier prior to unloading to ensure:
• clean, sanitary, pest-free, damage-free conditions
• all hazardous chemicals and non-food products are kept separately from food products
• that the carrier is capable of maintaining the proper temperature throughout the phases of travel
E5. Once passed the load inspection, the delivery is unloaded and verified.
For purchasing organizations that use the Advanced Ship Notice the following validations are conducted (in no
particular order):
• Receive the ASN and compare against the requirements of the order
• Approve condition of order (Inspect the conditions of the pallets, cases with food, products, or materials
for signs of damage, pests, appropriate expiration dates, appropriate placement (e.g. off the floor) and
signs of temperature abuse (e.g. wet packages))
• Scan each pallet bar code
• Confirm that the number of pallets match the Advanced Ship Notice
• An optional random audit comparing each detail on the Advanced Ship Notice against the shipment. A
scorecard for the Supplying Organization is maintained with these audits.
For purchasing organizations that do not use the Advanced Ship Notice the following validations are conducted (in no
particular order): (all confirmations below are manual checks)
• Confirm number of pallets, configuration and types of pallets
Page 20 of 57
•
Approve condition of order (Inspect the conditions of the pallets, cases with food, products, or materials
for signs of damage, pests, appropriate expiration dates, appropriate placement (e.g. off the floor) and
signs of temperature abuse (e.g. wet packages))
Confirm and record number of cases per item
Scan the case bar code
Confirm and record code dates
Confirm pack size
Confirm that the above matches the requirements of the order to the internal system.
•
•
•
•
•
Once the validations have been conducted, the product is accepted or declined. Refused product is held and
arrangements are made to return them to the selling organization. Discrepancies are noted and can trigger an
exception process (out of scope).
E6. The accepted product generates a receipt verification document (internal document) which is sent to Purchasing
Organization - Accounts Payable and then is put away or cross docked.
• Shipping Notice / Manifest (856) (Advance Ship Notice –ASN)
Figure 4 - Receiving Process to Purchasing Organization
Receiving
Receiving
Carrier
messages
messages
Accounts Payable
Start
E2
Carrier arrives at
location with load
E3
Bill of Lading/
Packing Slip
Delivery Validation
E3
E4
Carrier brings load
to dock
E1
Advanced Ship
Notice
(Optional)
Load Inspection
E5
Delivery Contents
Validation
E6
Load is put away
or cross docked
Receipt
Verification
See Invoice
Process
End
Page 21 of 57
PROCESS: INVOICE
Definition/Rational
The invoice process includes the generating and issuing of the invoice by a selling organization to a bill-to organization.
Actors
Accounts Payable
Accounts Receivable
Bill-to Organization
Organization receiving invoices on behalf of the purchasing organization
Process
1. Purchase Order
3. Shipping
4. Receiving
Invoice Process from Selling Organization
F1. Once the product is shipped an invoice is generated by the Selling Organization and sent to the Bill-To Organization.
The invoice will contain the following information:
• Invoice Date (mandatory)
• Invoice Number (mandatory)
• Purchasing Organization internal account number (optional)
• Purchase Order Number(s) – Purchasing Organization (mandatory)
Note: Direct Store Delivery (DSD) or Direct Delivery may not have a purchase order number (out of scope)
• Purchase Order Date(s) (optional)
• Delivery/Pick up Date (optional)
• Bill to and/or Sold to (ID Number, Name, Address and Telephone) (mandatory)
• Ship to (ID Number, Name, Address and Telephone) (mandatory)
• Remit to and/or Selling Organization (ID Number, Name, Address and Telephone) (mandatory)
• Payment Terms (optional)
• Carrier Delivery Information (freight on board – pre-paid or collect) (optional)
• Taxes (Registration Numbers and tax amounts, levies and surcharges) (optional)
• Special instructions (optional)
• Total Invoice Amount Due (mandatory)
• Total Invoice Weight (optional)
• Total Invoice Piece Count (optional)
• Product Information – line item level
1. Quantities (invoiced (mandatory), ordered or shipped (optional))
• Catch weight (mandatory when applicable)
2. Item description (optional)
3. Product GTIN (mandatory)
4. Unit Price (mandatory)
5. Extended Price (optional)
6. Pack Size (optional)
7. Rebates and allowances or charges (optional)
8. Taxes (registration numbers and tax amounts, levies and surcharges) (optional)
9. Deposit (bottle, barrels, crates, etc.) (optional)
Page 22 of 57
Invoice process from Purchasing Organization
F2. The bill-to organization receives the invoice and reconciles the invoice against the purchase order and the receipt
verification document. The invoice can then be acknowledged (accepted, rejected or contact for clarification). If
accepted, Accounts Payable is notified that the invoice is approved to pay.
• Invoice (810)
Figure 5 - Invoice Process from Selling Organization
Invoice
messages
Bill To Organization
messages
Accounts Payable
Start
F1
Invoice Document
is created
F2
Invoice
Invoice Review
Acceptance
message
See Payment
Process
Page 23 of 57
PROCESS: PAYMENT (Remittance)
Definition/Rational
The payment process provides reconciliation of the invoice to the payment by the purchasing organization to the selling
organization.
Actors
Accounts Payable
Accounts Receivable
Process
1. Purchase Order
3. Shipping
4. Receiving
5. Invoice
Payment Remittance by Purchasing Organization
G1. The Accounts Payable group generates a payment transfer and confirms payment to the Bank and Selling
Organization. Alternatively, a cheque may be issued by accounts payable. Remittance advice is transmitted to
accounts receivable - selling organization.
The remittance advice will contain the following information:
• Payment Remittance Date (mandatory)
• Payment / Cheque Number (mandatory)
• Remit to and/or Selling Organization (ID Number, Name, Address and Telephone) (mandatory)
• Purchase Order Number(s) – Purchasing Organization (optional)
• Bill to and/or Sold to (ID Number, Name, Address and Telephone) (mandatory)
• Total Remittance Amount Paid (mandatory)
Note: may cover multiple invoices
• Remittance Detail – line item level
1. Invoice Number (mandatory)
2. Invoice Total Amount (mandatory)
3. Invoice Payment Amount (mandatory)
Remittance Process by Selling Organization
G2. Accounts Receivable will receive the remittance advice. The remittance is reconciled against the bank statement or
cheque.
G3. The payment is applied to the Purchasing Organizations buying account.
Any discrepancies are resolved (out of scope)
Page 24 of 57
• Payment Order / Remittance Advice (820)
Figure 6 - Payment Remittance by Purchasing Organization
Payment
Accounts Payable
messages
Accounts
Receivable
Start
Payment/cheque
G1
G2
Reconcile
Payment and
Remittance
Payment transfer
or cheque is
generated
Remittance
G3
Payment applied
to account
End
Page 25 of 57
APPENDIX 1: TRANSACTION SETS AND MAINTENANCE SUBMISSION
The following transactions will be used for reference.
Version 4010 Updated 2012:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
810 Invoice
820 Remittance Advice
850 Purchase Order
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment
856 Ship Notice / Manifest (ASN Advance Ship Notice)
860 Purchase Order Change – Buyer Initiated
997 Functional Acknowledgment
Maintenance Submission Information
As business processes change, the EDI transactions supporting them may require modification.
The following working sheet contains the data you need to submit in the online GS1 Canada Standards Requirement
Request System.
Note: This worksheet is to assist in the collection of information from your various departments.
To submit a Standards Requirements Request to GS1 Canada for industry review, the following is required:
1.
2.
3.
Submitting organization must be a GS1 Canada member in good standing.
This form is to be used as a worksheet to collect and record information.
Final Change Request must be completed in full and submitted online. Go to
http://www.gs1ca.org/page.asp?LSM=1&intNodeID=944&intPageID=733.
a. Select the EDI change request form.
For more information about the maintenance process contact:
Rita Laur
Director, Standards
GS1 Canada
1500 Don Mills Road, Suite 800
Toronto, Ontario M3B 3L1
Email : [email protected]
Phone: (416) 380-2509
Fax: (416) 510-1916
Website: www.gs1ca.org
Page 26 of 57
GS1 Canada Requirement Request Work Sheet
A – SUBMITTER
Submission Date
_____________________
Submitter Name
_____________________
Representing
Company:
_____________________
Title:
_____________________________
Address:
_____________________
Phone:
(
E-mail:
______________________________________________________________
)
-
Industry Sector – Healthcare, General Merchandise, Hardlines, Grocery, Foodservice, Rx, Other.
Industry Type: Provider, Supplier/Manufacturer, Retailer/Distributor, Broker, Other.
B – PROPOSED ACTION
List specific addition(s) or change(s) required, if known, to be included in the standard and implementation guidelines
that satisfy the business need. (If necessary, attach additional documentation.)
C – EXPECTED BENEFITS, OPPORTUNITIES FOR EARLY ADOPTION
Explain what business benefits or opportunities may be realized by this request and list those organizations, apart
from the submitters, who will benefit from the resulting solution. (If necessary, attach additional documentation.)
D – BUSINESS FUNCTION/PURPOSE
Explain, in detail, the business function, operation or problem that will be satisfied by the request. (I.e. what is the
request accomplishing from a business or carrier performance perspective?) (If necessary, attach additional
documentation.)
EDI
E – RAMIFICATIONS
List only those areas that will be used by the business function
Transaction Set(s) ID and Name:
Other:
Segment(s) ID and Other:
Data Elements:
Architecture Guide:
Business Example:
Functional Profiles:
Requires ASC X12 Change:
F – STANDARDS MAINTENANCE COMMITTEE ACTION
Internal use only, used for submitter status and tracking
Approved
Approved as Modified
Deferred
Disapproved
Referred to Task Group
Withdrawn by Submitter
Comments:
Signature:
Date:
On behalf of the company or industry group identified above, the submitter warrants that he/she has the right to submit the above material for
changes to editing, or development of new, standards. By submitting the material above, you warrant that either the material is not copyrighted or
that the owner of any copyrighted material hereby gives a royalty-free license to GS1 to use the submitted material in a GS1 standard.
GS1 standards are open and available for use. Our standards are copyrighted to prevent misuse of the standard. GS1 will freely grant any legitimate
request for use of its standards.
Page 27 of 57
APPENDIX 1: MAINTENANCE SUBMISSION Form completed
A – SUBMITTER
Submission Date
January 27, 2012
Submitter Name
Full Name
Representing Company:
Organization Name
Title:
Submitter’s Title
Address:
123 Street, City, Province
Postal
Phone:
(123) 234-5678
E-mail:
[email protected]
Industry Sector –
Foodservice
Industry Type: Provider, Supplier/Manufacturer, Retailer/Distributor, Broker, Other.
B – PROPOSED ACTION
List specific addition(s) or change(s) required, if known, to be included in the standard and implementation guidelines
that satisfy the business need. (If necessary, attach additional documentation.)
•
•
•
•
ADD segment W6 – Special Handling Information to both the EDI Purchase Order (850) and
Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855)
In the Header at position 1/0300
With W601 Data Element 152 Special Handling Code
Code Value – RO Rush Order
C – EXPECTED BENEFITS, OPPORTUNITIES FOR EARLY ADOPTION
Explain what business benefits or opportunities may be realized by this request and list those organizations, apart
from the submitters, who will benefit from the resulting solution. (If necessary, attach additional documentation.)
We have identified that a Rush Order is not an order type but rather a handling requirement
of an order and needs to be identified in the header of the communication.
D – BUSINESS FUNCTION/PURPOSE
Explain, in detail, the business function, operation or problem that will be satisfied by the request. (I.e. what is the
request accomplishing from a business or carrier performance perspective?) (If necessary, attach additional
documentation.)
By modifying the existing standards the implementation guideline would allow businesses to
have a standard way to communicate the urgency needed to handle the order
Page 28 of 57
X
EDI
E – RAMIFICATIONS
List only those areas that will be used by the business function
Transaction Set(s) ID and Name:
850 Purchase Order and 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment
Other:
Segment(s) ID and Other:
Data Elements:
W6 Special Handling Information
W601 Data Element 152 Special Handling Code
Architecture Guide:
Business Example:
Functional Profiles:
Canadian FOODSERVICE v4010-2012
Requires ASC X12 Change:
F – STANDARDS MAINTENANCE COMMITTEE ACTION
Internal use only, used for submitter status and tracking
Approved
Approved as Modified
Deferred
Disapproved
Referred to Task Group
Withdrawn by Submitter
Comments:
Signature:
Date:
On behalf of the Company or Industry Group identified above, the submitter warrants that he/she has the right to submit
the above material for changes to exiting, or development of new, standards. By submitting the material above, you
warrant that either the material is not copyrighted or that the owner of any copyrighted material hereby gives a royalty
free license to GS1 to use the submitted material in a GS1 standard.
GS1 standards are open and available for use. Our standards are copyrighted to prevent misuse of the standard. GS1 will
freely grant any legitimate request for use of its standards.
Page 29 of 57
APPENDIX 2: BUSINESS EXAMPLES
Business Examples A
The following suite of foodservice business examples marked Suite A. These business process only includes 4 tranaction
sets covering from the purchase order to the invoice.
Note: A functional acknowlegment (997) is communicated as a response to each transaction sent. For outbound
transactions the expectation is to receive a 997 acknowledgment. For inbound the 997 is sent immediately upon receipt
of the inbound transaction.
EDI TRANSMISSION DATA
850 – Purchase Order
855 – Purchase Order
Acknowledgment
860 – Purchase Order Change
810 - Invoice
EXPLANATION
Customer sending a Purchase order to the Vendor requesting 4
materials be delivered Jan 16, 2012
Transaction from Vendor to Customer confirming receipt of PO and
confirming timing, quantities and pricing.
Purchase order change requesting the removal of line item 00030,
and quantity adjustment of line item 00040
Invoice from Vendor to Customer summarizing product shipped,
referencing the Customer’s purchase order and providing quantities,
pricing and codes for the materials shipped.
The following purchase order covers a new order. Identifies the appropriate contacts, how the payment terms will be
conducted, and the expected delivery dates while identifying where the product is being shipped to and in this case the bill
to is different.
There are 4 products being ordered showing quanities, price, GTINs and description. Also, for one of the items a contract
number is being used as a reference, this will be used in the invoice when matching product for payment. The other 3
products do not have a reference to a contract.
ST*850*0001
BEG*00*NE*4500876263**20111221
PER*BD*Jane Smith*TE*504-5552398*EM*JANESMITH@ABCGROUP.
COM
PER*IC*John Doe
EXPLANATION
Start of the transaction set
850 - Transaction Set Identifier Code for the PO Transaction Set
0001 - Transaction Set Control Number
Beginning of a PO transaction set; transmits identifying
numbers and dates
00 –Transaction Set Purpose Code, indicating this is an original
purchase order
NE - PO Type Code, indicating this is a New Order
4500876263 - PO Number
20111221 - PO Date (December 21, 2011)
Identifying information
BD - Reference Number Qualifier, indicating the buyer/department
placing the order
Jane Smith - Buyer/department name
TE - Telephone number will follow
504-555-2398 - Telephone number
EM - Email to follow
[email protected] - Email address
IC – Information Contact
Page 30 of 57
FOB*PP*DE
ITD*08*3*2**10**30
DTM*002*20120116
N1*BT**UL*0012345000015
N1*ST*Customer Ship
to*UL*0012345023008
N3*82 1st street
N4*Toronto*ON*A1B 2C3
N1*VN*VENDOR
ABC*UL*0011234530235
PO1*00010*67200*EA*33.33**UK*000
666666123459
PID*F****CRAB BOIL 3KG
REF*CT*4600092394
EXPLANATION
John Doe – Order contact name
FOB Related Information
PP – Prepaid (by seller)
DE – Destination (shipping)
Terms of sale
08 - Terms Type Code, indicating the terms as Basic Discount
Offered
3 - Terms Basis Date Code, indicating the Invoice Date as the
beginning of the terms period
2 - Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is
paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due
10 - Terms Discount Days Due
30 - Terms Net Days
Date / Time Reference
002 – Requested Delivery
20120116 – Jan 16, 2012
Party by type of organization, name, and code
BT - Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party
UL - Identification Code Qualifier, indicating that the following
identification code is the Global Location Number (GLN)
0012345000015 - 13-digit GLN
ST - Entity Identifier Code, indicating this N1 segment identifies the
Ship To location
Customer Ship to - Name of the Ship To Location
Identification code is the GLN
0012345023008 - 13-digit GLN
Street address of the Ship To Location
82 1st street - Delivery street address
Address (including city/town, province/state and postal code/zip
code) of the Ship To Location
Toronto - City portion of the delivery address
ON - Two-character province code
A1B 2C3 - Postal Code
VN - Entity Identifier Code, indicating this N1 segment identifies the
Vendor
0011234530235 - 13-digit GLN
Basic line item data
00010 - Number of the line item
67200 - Quantity ordered
EA - UOM code, indicating Each
33.33 - Unit Price of the product ($33.33)
UK - Following value is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666123459 - 14-digit GTIN
Description of the product being ordered
F – Free form
CRAB BOIL 3KG – Description of the Product
Reference identification
Page 31 of 57
PO1*00020*86400*EA*74.02**UK*000
66666000026
PID*F****JAMBALAYA PASTA 6.7
KG
PO1*00030*14400*EA*74.02**UK*000
66666000037
PID*F****GUMBO PASTA 5.5KG
PO1*00040*14400*EA*74.02**UK*000
66666000048
PID*F****SOUTHERN STROGANOFF
PASTA 6.5 KG
SUMMARY
CTT*4
SE*22*0001
EXPLANATION
CT – Contract number will follow
4600092394 – Contract number
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000026 - 14-digit GTIN
F – Free form
JAMBALAYA PASTA 6.7 KG - Description of the product
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000037 - 14-digit GTIN
F – Free form
GUMBO PASTA 5.5KG - Description of the product
74.02- Unit Price of the product ($74.02)
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000048 - 14-digit GTIN
F – Free form
SOUTHERN STROGANOFF PASTA 6.5 KG - Description of the
product
Transmits the total number of line items
4 - Number of line items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction
set
Shows the end of the transaction set.
22 - Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including
the ST and SE segments
0001 - Transaction Set Control Number (value must match the ST
segment (ST02) of the transaction set)
Page 32 of 57
The supplier in the following purchase order acknowledgment has confirmed receipt of the purchase order and
acknowledging “with detailing, no change”
The detail includes confirmation of the payment terms, requested delivery date for all the items. Confirming each trade
item, quantity, price and GTIN
Note: the single product ordered with a contract number does not return the contract number – it will appear in the
invoice.
ST*855*0001
BAK*00*AD*4500876263*20111221
ITD*08*3*2**10**30
DTM*002*20120116
PO1*00010*67200*EA*33.33**UK*000
66666123459
PO1*00020*86400*EA*74.02**UK*000
66666000026
PO1*00030*14400*EA*74.02**UK*000
66666000037
PO1*00040*14400*EA*74.02**UK*000
66666000048
EXPLANATION
Transaction Set Purpose Code
00 - Original
AD - Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change
4500876263 – Purchase Order Number
20111221 – Purchase Order Date
Terms of sale
Offered
30 - Terms Net Days
Date / Time Reference
002 – Requested Delivery
20120116 – Jan 16, 2012
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666123459 - 14-digit GTIN
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000026 - 14-digit GTIN
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000037 - 14-digit GTIN
Page 33 of 57
CTT*4
SE*10*0001
EXPLANATION
74.02- Unit Price of the product ($74.02)
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000048 - 14-digit GTIN
set
Page 34 of 57
The buyer has initiated a change to an earlier purchase order to their supplier. The changes include a cancellation /
deletion of one product and a quantity change to another. For the product that has quantity change, the GTIN, Price and
quantity are included.
This transaction has included a total dollar amount for reference. The total is the full amount of the revised purchase
order.
Note: header information is always repeated to ensure accurate, consistent information is being communicated.
ST*860*0001
BCH*04*SA*4500876263***20111221
*****20120106
PER*BD*Jane Smith*TE*504-5552398*EM*JANESMITH@ABCGROUP.
COM
PER*IC*John Doe
FOB*PP*DE
ITD*08*3*2**10**30
N1*VN**UL*0011234530235
N1*BT**UL*0012345000015
N1*ST*Customer Ship
EXPLANATION
Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Change
04 – Represents this is a change request
SA – Stand-alone Order
4500876263 – Purchase Order Number
20111221 – Purchase Order date
20120106 – Purchase Order Change Request Date
BD - Reference Number Qualifier, indicating the buyer/department
placing the order
Jane Smith - Buyer/department name
TE - Telephone number will follow
504-555-2398 - Telephone number
EM - Email to follow
[email protected] - Email address
IC – Information Contact
John Doe – Order contact name
FOB Related Information
PP – Prepaid (by seller)
DE – Destination (shipping)
Terms of sale
Offered
30 - Terms Net Days
Vendor
0011234530235 - 13-digit GLN
BT - Entity Identifier Code indicating the Bill To Party
0012345000015 - 13-digit GLN
Page 35 of 57
to*UL*0012345023008
N3*82 1st street
N4*Toronto*ON*A1B 2C3
POC*00030*DI******UK*00066666000
037
PID*F****GUMBO PASTA 5.5 KG
POC*00040*RZ*11200*0*EA*74.02**U
K*00066666000048
PID*F****SOUTHERN STROGANOFF
PASTA 6.5 KG
CTT*2*25600
SE*16*0001
EXPLANATION
ST - Entity Identifier Code, indicating this N1 segment identifies the
Ship To location
Customer Ship to - Name of the Ship To Location
0012345023008 - 13-digit GLN
82 1st street - Delivery street address
Line Item Change
00030 – Number of the line item
DI – Delete Item from the purchase order
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000037 – 14 digit GTIN
Product Item Description
F - Free Form
GUMBO PASTA 5.5 KG – Product description
Line Item Change
RZ – Replace All Values
11200 – New order quantity
0 – Quantity left to receive
EA – unit of measure
74.02 – Price
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000048 – 14 digit GTIN
Product Item Description
F - Free Form
SOUTHERN STROGANOFF PASTA 6.5 KG - Product description
set
Page 36 of 57
The fourth transaction used in this suite of examples in the invoice. It contains the Invoice Date, Number, the original
purchase order date and number as well as the suppliers’ location identification number (GLN). Additional information
included is the address of buyer organization – bill to, street address of the ship to location, the city and postal. The Terms
of Sale for each line item with the quantity, price, GTIN and the vendor material number with description.
The dollar total is included with the number line items.
ST*810*0001
BIG*20120116*2320155674*2011090
2*4500876263
N1*VN*VENDOR
ABC*UL*0011234530235
N1*BS*CUSTOMER
ABC*UL*0012345000015
N3*PO BOX 168*ATTN ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE
N4*TORONTO*ON*A1B 2C3
ITD*14**1**10**30*****1% 10, NET 30
D
IT1*00010*67200*EA*33.3*
*UK*00066666123459
PID*F****CRAB BOIL
EXPLANATION
Beginning Segment of the Invoice
20120116 - Invoice date
2320155674 – Invoice number
20110902 – Original PO date
4500876263 – Original PO number
Vendor
0011234530235 - 13-digit GLN
BS – Bill and Ship To
CUSTOMER ABC – Customer name
0012345000015 - 13-digit GLN
PO BOX 168 – Address information
ATTN ACCOUNTS PAYABLE – Additional address information
Terms of sale
14 – Previously Agreed Upon
1 – 1% discount
10 – Terms Discount Days Due
30 – Terms Net Days
1% 10, NET 30 D - Free form description
Line Item details
67200 - Quantity
EA – Unit of Measure
33.3 - Price
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666123459 – 14 digit GTIN
F – Free Form
CRAB BOIL - Description of the product
Page 37 of 57
IT1*00020*86400*EA*74.02*
*UK*00066666000026
PID*F****JAMBALAYA PAST
IT1*00040*11200*EA*74.02*
*UK*00066666000048
PID*F****STROGANOFF PAS
TDS*2822867*2822867
CTT*3
SE*17*0001
EXPLANATION
Line Item details
86400 - Quantity
74.02 - Price
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000026 – 14 digit GTIN
F – Free form
JAMBALAYA PAST - Description of the product
Line Item details
11200 - Quantity
74.02 - Price
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
00066666000048 – 14 digit GTIN
F – Free form
STROGANOFF PAS - Description of the product
Total Monetary Value Summary
2822867 - $28228.67
2822867 - Discount based on $28228.67
set
Page 38 of 57
Business Examples B
Document 850 – Purchase Order
A foodservice supply company in Red Deer, AB – Korner Café – wishes to acquire 8 cases of Neilson Ultimate Chocolate
500 ml drink and 6 cases of Nestle Coffee Crisop Milkshake 473 ml drinks. While it requires the physical products, its
Accounts Payable is handled at its head office – Super Cafes – located in Gimli, MB. The supplier/vendor of the product is
Prods R Us of Herzog, BC.
The EDI Purchase Order below identifies the purchasing entity (Korner Kafe), the paying entity (Super Cafes) and the
supplying entity (Prods R Us) in the header. In the details it identifies the desired products, the anticipated price and
provides descriptive information to assure the product information is interpreted correctly (both product descriptions and
the case size) along with their specific GTINs.
ST*850*0001
BEG*00*SA*549044-57**20110930
FOB*PP
DTM*002*20111013*0500
N9*AH*549044-57
MSG*DELIVER TO BACK DOOR
N1*SU*PRODS R US
*UL*1234567890123
N1*BT*SUPER
CAFES*UL*3210123456789
N3*1324 GROSVENOR BLVD
N4*GIMLI*MB*R2Y 5S5*CA
N1*ST*KORNER
CAFÉ*UL*6780123456789
EXPLANATION
ST – Start of the Transaction Set (Document)
0001- Transaction Set Control Number
BEG – Beginning Segment for Purchase Order
00 - Transaction Set Purpose Code, indicating this is an original
purchase order
SA - PO Type Code, indicating this is a Stand Alone PO
549044-57 - PO Number
20110930 - PO Date (September 30, 2011)
FOB – FOB Related Instructions
PP – Shipment Prepaid by Seller
DTM – Date/Time Reference
002 - Qualifier - Requested Delivery Date
20111013 - Date (October 13, 2011)
0500 – 05:00 local time (24-hour clock)
N9 – Reference Identification
AH – Agreement Number
549044-57 – number of the agreement (PO number)
MSG – Message Text
DELIVER TO… - Freeform text message
N1 – Name
SU - Entity ID Code – Supplier Information
PRODS R US - Name of the Supplier
UL – ID Qualifier - Global Location Number (GLN)
1234567890123 - 13-digit Supplier GLN
N1 – Name
BT - Entity ID Code – Bill-To Information
SUPER CAFES - Name of the Bill-To Entity
3210123456789 - 13-digit Bill-To Entity GLN
N3 – Address Information (referring to last N1)
1324… - Address line (maybe repeated if multiple lines required)
N4 – Geographic Location (referring to last N1)
GIMLI – City
MB – Province
R2Y 5S5 – Postal Code
CA - Country Code
N1 – Name
ST - Entity ID Code – Ship-To Information
Page 39 of 57
N3*UNIT 12 FLOOR 17
N3*15 STREET WEST
N4*RED DEER*AB*T4N 3X1*CA
PO1**8*CA*23.1**UK*1006680002551
0
PID*F****NEILSON ULTIMATE CHOC
500 ML
PO4*12
PO1**6*CA*23.31**UK*100668000202
49
PID*F****NESTLE COFFEE CRISP
MILKSHAKE 473 ML
PO4*12
CTT*2
SE*21*564310003
EXPLANATION
KORNER CAFÉ - Name of the Ship-To Entity
6780123456789- 13-digit Ship-To Entity GLN
UNIT 12… - Address line (maybe repeated if multiple lines required)
15 STREET… - Address line (maybe repeated if multiple lines
required)
RED DEER – City
AB – Province
T4N 3X1 – Postal Code
CA - Country Code
PO1 - Basic Line Item Data
CA - UOM code, indicating Case
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
10066800025510 - 14-digit GTIN
PID – Product/Item Description
F – Description Type – Free-Form
NEILSON… - Product Description
PO4 – Item Physical Details
12 – Pack - 12-Pack
PO1 - Basic Line Item Data
CA - UOM code, indicating Case
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
10066800020249 - 14-digit GTIN
NESTLE… - Product Description
CTT – Transaction Totals
2 – Two Line Items
End of the transaction set.
564310003- Transaction Set Control Number (value must match the
ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set)
Page 40 of 57
Document 856 – Ship Notice/Manifest
Having received the PO and prepared shipment, Prods R Us sends a Ship Notice back to Korner Kafe to provide warning as
to what products have been shipped, by which method it has been shipped, who is performing the shipping and what
pallets/container identification has been attached to the load. An association is also provided between the purchase order
and physical shipment for traceability purposes.
If appropriate, multiple orders may be detailed in a single load manifest. There will be one ship notice per physical load to
the receiving location, although each manifest may contain multiple orders (each will be appropriately referenced in the
document).
ST*856*1004
BSN*00*06*20111005*1127*0001
HL*1**S
TD1*PLT94*500****G*103.0*KG
TD5*B***M*TRANSX RAIL*CC
TD3*TL
REF*BM*INV5948591
DTM*011*20111005
N1*ST*KORNER
CAFÉ*UL*6780123456789
N3*UNIT 12 FLOOR 17
N3*15 STREET WEST
EXPLANATION
856 - Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Ship Notice
BEG – Beginning Segment for Ship Notice
00 - Transaction Set Purpose Code – Original Notice
06 – Shipment Identification Number
20111005 – Date
1127 – Time
0001 – Hierarchal Structure Code – Shipment, Order, Packaging,
Item
HL – Hierarchical Level
1 – Hierarchical ID Number
S – Hierarchical Level Code - Shipment
TD1 – Carrier Details (Quantity & Weight)
PLT94 – Packing Code – Wooden Pallet
G – Weight Qualifier – Gross Weight
103.0 – Weight
KG – Weight Unit of Measure
TD5 – Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)
B – Routing Sequence Code – Origin/Delivery Carrier
M – Transportation Method/Type Code – Motor (Common Carrier)
TRANSX RAIL – Routing
CC – Shipment Status Code – Shipment Complete
TD3 – Carrier Details (Equipment)
TL – Equipment Description Code – Trailer
REF – Reference Identification
BM – Reference ID Qualifier – Bill of Lading Number
INV5948591 – Reference Identification
011 - Qualifier - Shipped
20111013 - Date (October 05, 2011)
N1 – Name
required)
Page 41 of 57
N1*SF*PRODS R US
*UL*1234567890123
N3*15 Sellers Lane
N4*Yonkers*SK*S4K 1U2*CAN
HL*2**O
PRF*549044-57
TD1*PLT94*14****G*70*KG
HL*3**T
MAN*GM*00100103590000000580
HL*4**I
LIN**UK*10066800025510
SN1**8*CA
PO4*12*****40.0*KG
PID*F*08***NLS 12x500ML ULTIM
CHOC MILK
EXPLANATION
RED DEER – City
AB – Province
CA - Country Code
N1 – Name
SF - Entity ID Code – Shipped From
PRODS R US - Name of the Supplier
15 SELLERS… - Address line (maybe repeated if multiple lines
required)
Yonkers – City
SK – Province
S4K 1U2 – Postal Code
CA - Country Code
O – Hierarchical Level Code - Order
PRF – Purchase Order Reference
549044-57 – Purchase Order Number
TD1 – Carrier Details (Quantity & Weight)
PLT94 – Packing Code – Wooden Pallet
14 – Lading Quantity
G – Weight Qualifier – Gross Weight
70 – Weight
KG – Weight Unit of Measure
T – Hierarchical Level Code – Shipping Tare
MAN – Marks & Numbers
GM – Qualifier – EAN-128 Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC)
00100103590000000580 – SSCC Number
I – Hierarchical Level Code - Item
LIN – Item Identification
UK – Following value is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
10066800025510 – 14-digit GTIN
SN1 – Item Detail (Shipment)
8 – Number of Units Shipped
CA – Unit of Measure - Cases
40.0 – Gross Weight
KG – Weight Qualifier
08 – Product Characteristic Code - Product
Page 42 of 57
HL*5**T
MAN*GM*00100103590000000658
HL*6**I
LIN**UK*10066800020249
SN1**6*CA
PO4*12*****30.0*KG
PID*F*08***NST 12x473ML COFFEE
CRISP MLKS
CTT*2
SE*34*1004
EXPLANATION
NLS 12X500ML… - Product Description
T – Hierarchical Level Code – Shipping Tare
MAN – Marks & Numbers
GM – Qualifier – EAN-128 Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC)
00100103590000000658– SSCC Number
I – Hierarchical Level Code - Item
LIN – Item Identification
UK – Following value is a SCC14 (UCC/EAN-14 Shipping Container
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
10066800020249– 14-digit GTIN
SN1 – Item Detail (Shipment)
CA – Unit of Measure - Cases
30.0 – Gross Weight
KG – Weight Qualifier
08 – Product Characteristic Code - Product
NST 12X473… - Product Description
End of the Transaction Set.
Page 43 of 57
Document 810 – Invoice
With the product en route to the customer, the invoice is prepared. It details all of the standard financial transaction
information surrounding the invoice process and associates to the original Purchase Order. The number of orders
addressed in the manifest (above) bears no relevance in this invoice document. The relationship is 1:1 between the
Purchase Order and the Invoice (in most circumstances) however multiple invoices may address a specific Purchase Order
(incomplete shipments and/or Standing Purchase Orders). These circumstances will not be considered the de facto
standard and so must be discussed between the participating entities prior to making use of the practice.
ST*810*453160027
BIG*20111005*4008798063*2011093
0*549044-57
N1*BT*SUPER
CAFES*UL*3210123456789
N3*1324 GROSVENOR BLVD
N4*GIMLI*MB*R2Y 5S5*CA
N1*ST*KORNER
CAFÉ*UL*6780123456789
N3*UNIT 12 FLOOR 17
N3*15 STREET WEST
N1*VN*PRODS R US
*UL*1234567890123
N3*P.O. BOX 367
N4*Herzog*BC*T5J 2J8*CA
EXPLANATION
810 - Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Invoice
BIG – Beginning Segment for Invoice
20111005 – Date – Invoice Issue Date
4008798063 – Invoice Number
20110930 – Date – Purchase Order Date
549044-57 – Purchase Order Number
N1 – Name
BT - Entity ID Code – Bill-To Information
1324… - Address line (maybe repeated if multiple lines required)
GIMLI – City
MB – Province
R2Y 5S5 – Postal Code
CA - Country Code
N1 – Name
required)
RED DEER – City
AB – Province
CA - Country Code
N1 – Name
VN - Entity ID Code – Vendor Information
PRODS R US - Name of the Vendor
P.O. BOX… - Address Information
Herzog – City
BC - Province
Page 44 of 57
ITD*01*3****20111102*28
DTM*011*20111005
IT1**8*CA*23.1**UK*10066800025510
PID*F****NLS 12x500ML ULTIM
CHOC MILK
PO4*12*500*GR
IT1**6*CA*23.31**UK*1006680002024
9
PID*F****NST 12x473ML COFFEE
CRISP MLKS
PO4*12*473*GR
TDS*32466
ISS*14*CA*70*KG
CTT*2
SE*24*453160027
EXPLANATION
T5J 2J8 – Postal Code
CA - Country
ITD – Terms of Sale
01 – Terms Type Code – Basic Terms
3 – Terms Basis Date Code – Invoice Date
20111102 – Terms Net Due Date (November 02, 2011)
28 – Terms Net Days
011 - Qualifier - Shipped
20111013 - Date (October 05, 2011)
IT1 – Baseline Item Data (Invoice)
8 – Quantity Invoiced
CA – Unit of Measure
23.10 – Unit Price
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
10066800025510- 14-digit GTIN
NLS 12X500ML… - Product Description
500 – Size
GR – Unit of Measurement (Grams)
IT1 – Baseline Item Data (Invoice)
6 – Quantity Invoiced
23.23 – Unit Price
Code (1-2-5-5-1))
10066800020249 - 14-digit GTIN
NST 12X473… - Product Description
473 – Size
GR – Unit of Measurement (Grams)
TDS – Total Monetary Value Summary
32466 – Amount - $324.66
ISS – Invoice Shipment Summary
70 – Weight
KG – Unit of Measure
453160027- Transaction Set Control Number (value must match the
ST segment (ST02) of the transaction set)
Page 45 of 57
Document 820 –Remittance Advice
Having received the shipping manifest, then the product itself, the invoice for the product and finally internal confirmation
of receipt from Korner Kafe, the Accounts Payable department of Super Cafes will authorize a cheque or financial transfer
via their banking protocol and provide remittance advice information to Prods R Us so that the money transferred may be
applied correctly to the Super Cafes account. This document will be transmitted once per cash movement and may
contain many transactions – each detailing the amount of cash to apply and/or credits taken on the specific invoices. The
total of the Remittance Advice must match the total of moneys moved in a single transaction (i.e. cheque or fund transfer
must reconcile to this figure).
ST*820*0001
BPR*I*324.66*C*CHK*PBC*****SUPE
R CAFES******20111025
REF*CK*3192690
DTM*007*20111025
N1*PR*SUPER
CAFES*UL*3210123456789
ENT*1
RMR*IV*4008798063*PO*324.66
SE*08*0001
EXPLANATION
820 - Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Remittance Advice
0001- Transaction Set Control Number
BPR – Beginning Segment for Remittance Advice
I – Transaction Handling Code – Remittance Information Only
324.66 – Monetary Amount – Total Remittance Amount
C – Credit/Debit Flag Code - Credit
CHK – Payment Method Code - Cheque
PBC – Payment Format Code – Commercial/Corporate Cheque
SUPER… – Originating Company Identifier
20111025 – Date
REF – Reference Identification
CK – Reference ID Qualifier – Cheque Number
3192690 – Reference Identification
007 - Qualifier – Effective Date
20111025 - Date (October 25, 2011)
N1 – Name
PR - Entité ID Code – Payer
ENT – Entity
1 – Assigned Number – Remittance Line Number
RMR – Remittance Advice A/R Open Item Reference
IV – Reference ID Qualifier – Invoice Number
4008798063 – Reference Identification
PO – Payment Action Code – Payment on Account
324.66 – Monetary Amount
Page 46 of 57
APPENDIX 4: EDI OVERVIEW
Introduction to Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
INTRODUCTION
The intent of this publication is to assist companies in implementing EDI, using the Canadian VICS EDI Foodservice
Implementation Guidelines.
The different sections of this document have been written for different audiences; ranging from the General Manager who
will be faced with the decision to implement the EDI project with all of the attendant business considerations, to the
technicians who will perform the data requirements and the programming efforts.
Many companies are already using computers to send business documents instead of mailing paper documents. Since
computerized transmission of business data will ultimately replace traditional paper based systems, it is important for the
Canadian Foodservice industry to establish and maintain guidelines for these activities.
This publication has been developed through the cooperative efforts of representatives from involved industry in Canada
under the umbrella of GS1 Canada. Any comments or questions concerning this publication may be directed to the
Council by telephone at: (416) 510-8039 or by email at [email protected].
EDI: THE CONCEPT
In order to evaluate the decision to implement EDI, let’s first review the general concept of electronic data interchange.
EDI is simply the means to communicate between companies from one computer to another.
In 1979 the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) formed the Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 to
eliminate the confusion in electronic communication between trading partners. The ASC X12 standards are recognized by
the United Nations as the standard for North America. The VICS (Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Solutions) EDI Retail
and Foodservice Industry format for EDI follow the ASC X12 standards.
BENEFITS OF EDI
Why should foodservice distributors/retailers and suppliers establish EDI links?
The reasons for implementing EDI fall increasingly within the tactical rather than the strategic category. Competitive
position within the marketplace is driving the decision more than any strategic considerations. Listed below are some of
the major benefits identified by many companies using EDI:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Improved accuracy
Increased customer service
Increased sales
Reduced manual data entry
Reduced postage and handling cost
Reduced printing cost of forms
Reduced mail time
Reduced labour processing cost
Reduced order cycle time
Reduced lead times
Page 47 of 57
•
•
•
Reduced filing of paperwork
Reduced inventory carrying cost
Improved warehouse management
What Are The Benefits Of Implementing The Ship Notice/Manifest? (VICS Guidelines):
• Eliminates the need for paper based communications,
• Ensures accuracy between product shipped and product received,
• Reduces off-loading time at receiving dock,
• Reduces check-in time from receipt to selling floor,
• Facilitates the cross docking process,
• Allows for advance order allocation,
• Facilitates mechanized receiving,
• Allows for integration of data to multiple systems without multiple data entry,
• Allows for resource scheduling by the receiver, and
• Smooth the payment process by facilitating accurate matching.
Additional ASN advantages:
• No more paper packing slips
• Advanced warning of gaps in shipped product versus ordered product – gives receiving party the
chance to resolve difference before receiving product
• When using GS1-128, there is no need to open shipping units received; scan only
• More than just the inventory counts can be included on ASN data – carrier codes, shipping units
measurements
• Inventory counts not required (manually written or scanned) as shipping units were scanned
• Inventory counts can be loaded to receiver’s system (Financial Stock Ledger) instead of manually
keying
• Can further utilize the GS1-128 sent from supplier in your own internal supply chain: shipping dock
at initial point of receipt (warehouse / distribution centre), and at final point of receipt
(store/restaurant/etc.)
• Should lead to auditing ASN quality/accuracy at initial point of receipts – can develop supplier
classifications based on success/failure rates on previously audited ASN shipments
• ASN quality/accuracy tracking KPIs can lead to vendor/supplier score carding
• Facilitates cross-docking at warehouses/DCs
• Reduction in employee headcount – less processing time at all points of receipt
• Reduction in lead times – ordered product reaches destination quicker
• Will ultimately improve shipment, order, and inventory accuracy
• Improved inventory accuracy decreases shrink
• Could lead to ERS
The most compelling reason to implement EDI is in response to major trading partners requesting the establishment of
links in order to realize the benefits listed above.
How much is it going to cost?
The cost to implement EDI can and will vary widely among companies. The skills of the business and technical personnel,
the design and condition of existing computer systems, but most importantly, the ability of the organization to absorb and
adapt to change, will determine the cost of this effort. The companies that have implemented EDI have done so because
they have realized that the benefits are tangible, that the benefits outweigh the costs, and that EDI has become the
accepted practice for conducting business – referred to as “Best Practices”.
Following is the EDI Implementation Considerations and Checklist, which provides a guideline for implementing the EDI
project, and will provide assistance in identifying the costs and benefits of the project.
Page 48 of 57
EDI IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS
Implementation Introduction
The purpose of this section is to provide a guideline for the successful implementation of EDI in your organization. EDI
impacts many areas of a company’s structure. The management of the company must be involved in the approval phases
of the project to ensure the commitment of needed personnel, resources and cross-functional cooperation.
While the requirements for implementation vary from one business or organization to another, the following information
is intended to present major areas for consideration within your implementation strategy.
Problems to avoid
• Deviating from the published standards
Without exception AVOID any deviations from the published Canadian VICS EDI Industry Conventions and Implementation
Guidelines. Deviations will cause unnecessary customization to your system, which will complicate adding new trading
partners and increase time and costs.
• Too much too soon
Do not begin your EDI implementation prematurely. Provide adequate time for education and exposure to the relevant
business issues and standards. Talk to potential trading partners and other companies who have already implemented
similar EDI functions to learn from their experiences. For additional educational opportunities, contact the GS1 Canada at
(416) 510-8039 or by email [email protected]
• Be certain that the systems interfacing with EDI are working properly
EDI is not a cure for the problems you may have in your existing systems. These problems may be accentuated by the EDI
method of transmitting and receiving data for these systems.
• Communication Guidelines
This publication does not define a single communication standard. Instead, these guidelines describe the most commonly
used methods for communicating between trading partners. The communication of the message syntax is accomplished in
one of two ways:
Commercial network interface (VAN (Value Added Network))
The commercial network acts as an intermediary for information passing between trading partners. The network’s
data management function can be thought of as a large mailbox, where each user has an assigned slot. The network
accepts messages from all participants and stores them in the appropriate slots, where only the assigned users may
access them. This simplifies EDI for the trading partners, who only need to interface with their mailbox slot on the
network, instead of with each individual trading partner. This service is provided by “solution providers” who may be
referred to as “VANs (Value Added Networks)” or a “Service Bureau”.
Direct trading partner interface
Direct Communication is a trading partner specific electronic communication link. No other organization is involved
with the transmission and management of the EDI message. This method of communicating eliminates the ongoing
expense of a commercial network (this means no VANS or Service Bureau intervention). However, direct
communication with trading partners may require an in-house communication system and resources capable of
providing the required business services.
A direct communication such as AS2 allows for secure, trading partner to trading partner communication over the
Internet.
Page 49 of 57
Implementation Checklist
These steps highlight the critical considerations for the successful completion of your EDI Implementation Project. Each of
the steps listed is then detailed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Obtain commitment from management
Identify business ownership to the project
Establish a plan
Education
Establish project team and define responsibilities
Designate EDI business contacts
Designate EDI technical contacts
Review internal system and business procedures
Secure the appropriate reference materials
Establish Trading Partner Contact
Conduct an EDI survey with trading partners
Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged
Determine what product information will be provided
Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used
Develop an overall systems design
Decide on translation software strategy
Decide on communication solution
Code and test the interface to in-house systems
Finalize network provider’s optional services
Implement the translation software
Conduct system test with translation and network
Conduct system test with your trading partner
Establish production cutover date criteria
Implementation
Re-Evaluate the checklist for future implementations
Page 50 of 57
1.
Obtain commitment from management
Identify and obtain Key Management commitment and support for this EDI project.
Involve all the departments that will be impacted by the implementation (e.g., accounts payable and receivables,
merchandising and order processing, information technology, sales and marketing, shipping and receiving etc.). Each
department should be included in the analysis, testing, and implementation to insure the accuracy of the test results
and promote the support of these groups.
2.
Identify business ownership to the project
Although this project is technical in nature, this is a business process re-engineering project and requires owners to be
identified and responsible for each component area.
3.
It is recommended that you try to avoid this becoming purely an information technology (IT) project.
Establish a plan
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
4.
Identify Project – Purpose, Scope (and out of scope) components
Identify which business documents are be traded
Develop a work plan
Identify as many of the tasks as possible
Provide cursory estimates to each task
Define current document process costs to facilitate cost benefit analysis to be included in the project post
mortem.
Education
Take the time to learn what other companies are doing with EDI.
This may help you to avoid the pitfalls that other companies have experienced. Education efforts should focus on:
software, network/communication topics, and the adjustments to business practices by similar companies. One of the
best opportunities to refine a basic understanding of EDI is to participate in the user groups and standards setting
bodies for the industry. Contact GS1 Canada at (416) 510-8039 or by email [email protected].
5.
Establish project team and define responsibilities
Construct a Project Plan. This will help determine if enough resources have been identified to accomplish the EDI
Implementation Project and its on-going maintenance. You should be specific about the deliverables expected from
each task.
Ensure communication and acceptance of Project and the Defined Responsibilities are signed off.
6.
Designate EDI business contacts
The core of the EDI Implementation Project Team should be from within your organization. Additional project
personnel may be supplemented by contracting external experts who have previously participated in other successful
EDI implementations.
Identify and list people who will be primary and secondary contacts for all areas. This list should have complete
contact information with major responsibilities clearly defined and signed off.
7.
Designate EDI technical contacts
Page 51 of 57
As with business contacts this group should include representatives from each trading partner, as well as your own
internal staff.
A contact list should be established with names, contact information and major responsibilities.
Industry groups (e.g. GS1 Canada), network providers and other retailers and vendors are a good source to provide
direction to your in-house staff.
8.
Review internal system and business procedures
A thorough current system analysis should be undertaken. The present process that creates the business documents
and the flow of the documents should be recorded. Rules or procedures that affect its life as a document need to be
included.
I. Determine how EDI should be integrated into existing systems
II. Develop a preliminary scope of the effort to achieve integration
9.
Secure the appropriate reference materials
Your list should include:
• Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines
• EDI Architecture Guides
• Internal systems documentation
For additional information or questions contact the GS1 Canada (416) 510-8039 or send an email to [email protected]
10. Establish Trading Partner Contacts
This will serve to initially establish the contacts within each trading partner organization for both business and
communication related requirements.
For each contact, the following information should be obtained:
• Name of contact and position (includes email, phone and address)
• What their responsibilities are in relation to EDI
• How they may be contacted
11. Conduct an EDI survey with trading partners
Survey your trading partners to identify their EDI capabilities including:
• EDI Transactions (current and future)
• EDI Standards and Versions
• Communication methods (e.g. Commercial Network / Direct Connection)
12. Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged
A thorough review of the data mapping requirements for each business document should be performed against the
Canadian VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines for Foodservice.
Through this process you will be able to determine whether your internal system documents contain all of the
required/mandatory data elements. Optional data elements can be identified and discussed with each trading
partner to determine applicability.
All outstanding issues should be identified and addressed with each trading partner.
Page 52 of 57
13. Determine what product information will be provided
Product information/identification does vary widely from one distributor/retailer or supplier to another. Whether a
unique product code structure or any of the existing options will be used must be identified.
14. Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used
A unique trading partner identifier needs to be established for each trading division of your organization. (Example:
GLN or DUNS+4 – see glossary).
15. Develop an overall systems design
Some of the elements likely to be included:
• General systems narrative
• System data flow diagram
• Functional analysis
• Inputs/outputs
• Processing
• Controls/Audits
• Backup/restart specifications
• Program descriptions
• Impact on facilities
• Detailed specifications of the computer programs
• Specifications of the data formats and data mappings
• Specifications of the communications mechanisms
• Specifications of billing procedures and any back up statistical reports
• Details of security procedures
• Operational procedures
• Documentation of all processes and programs
• Business training materials
• Document business process changes as required
16. Decide on translation software strategy
There are two options to handle this. Purchase translation software or outsource the services to a third party solution
provider.
Factors for either Purchasing or Outsourcing that should be used considered are:
• Estimated Transaction Volume
• Current technology infrastructure
• Internal resource availability
• Analyze the costs and maintenance for initial and future development
• Integration to existing systems
17. Decide on communication solution
The results of your EDI Survey with your trading partners will influence your choice of communication solution. The
timing of this decision should be made very early, as it will influence many of the future decisions you will have to
make.
VAN Solution Providers have standard cost contracts and commercial price lists, all of which should be reviewed
before making your decision.
Page 53 of 57
Direct connection, such as AS2, is an alternative to using commercial networks (VANS). This decision requires the
trading partners to accept the burden of maintaining the connection, coordinating the polling schedule (if applicable),
providing audit reports, and generating invoices if the costs (if any) are to be shared and related responsibilities.
18. Code and test the interface to in-house systems
It will be necessary to develop programs, which interface between your internal applications and files generated by
translation software, in order to process the business information. It is also important to test that these programs are
functioning properly.
19. Finalize network provider’s optional services
Compliance checking is one of many types of services that are offered. Various reports that could be useful to
determine the status of transmissions can be made available. Be sure to establish the cost of the optional services —
they are not always offered for free!
20. Implement the translation software
Whether you purchased your translation software or have outsourced to a third party solution provider you should
first use whatever education support is available to prepare your staff to use the software or to understand how to
work with the third party provider.
If you purchased your software make sure you have determined the amount of time required to implement the
software and configured it to be ready for use. With a third party solution, they should provide a timeline to tell you
how long it will take for them to prepare their system for you.
For both solutions you will need to prepare and implement the network connectivity to allow you to exchange your
transactions.
21. Conduct system test with translation and network
The purpose of this will be to verify the following capabilities:
Sending Documents
• Generate the data from the internal system
• Translate the data into the EDI document format
• Send document to the network
• If applicable, receive functional acknowledgement
Receiving Documents
• Receive transmission from the network
• Translate the document into your data files
• Interface data into internal system
• If applicable, generate and send a functional acknowledgment
Determine cost associated with testing.
22. Conduct system test with your trading partner
The purpose of this test is to be able to verify the following capabilities:
Page 54 of 57
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send and receive transmission to and from your trading partner through your selected communication
provider and process functional acknowledgment
For received documents, translate into internal file and interface with your systems
For sent documents, receive data from the internal systems and translate into required document formats
Validate received or sent documents were successfully transmitted
Validate the content of the documents against the specific business event such as: order, invoice, etc.
Send paper documents in parallel to your trading partner for validation of the documents sent electronically.
You may wish to extend this practice for some pre-determined period following your EDI implementation.
Extensive system testing should be done prior to implementation.
23. Establish production cutover date criteria
Develop a signoff document that includes all the participants (Example: internal departments and all external trading
partners) in the EDI Implementation Project. Following the testing and resolution of all outstanding issues, the
cutover date can be defined.
Cutover consideration needs to be taken into account for business documents communicated before the cutover
date. Example Can EDI invoices be processed for orders issued prior to the cutoff date?
24. Implementation
One document transmitted successfully will be more rewarding than hundreds with problems. Selecting your initial
trading partner for piloting will be critical to the overall success of the project.
It is recommended that you collect data during the first few months for use in a post mortem review of the project.
This information will be useful for your management and new or potential trading partners.
25. Re-Evaluate the checklist for future implementations
Eliminate unnecessary tasks and simplify the process of establishing new trading relationships.
This is also a good time to review whether assumptions about the benefits have been realized (e.g. reductions in data
entry/data validation/data corrections, lower inventory levels etc).
Page 55 of 57
APPENDIX 5: GLOSSARY
Expression
Adjustment Amount
Bill to
Billing information
Delivery/pickup/appointment
(date and time)/cancellation date
DUNS+4
Freight on board (FOB)
GLN
Gross Amount / 850
Gross paid /820
GTIN
Marked pricing on product
Net / 850
Net payment / 820
Pricing/currency
Shipping instructions
Shipping locations
Sold To
Specific arrival window (time)
Expression Description
Cash Discount
Purchasing Organization address the invoice should be sent to by the Selling
Organization
Billing information is use to create invoice
Delivery date: Date of the shipment should be delivered. Pickup date: Date at
which Purchasing Organization is picking up the shipment. Appointment date
& time: Selling Organization needs to book an appointment date and time
from customer to deliver the shipment to their store or warehouse.
Cancellation Date: Customer will not accept shipment after cancellation date.
DUNS+4- is a 13-digit number to identify allocation. the Duns +4 has two
components; a 9-digit number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet to identify a
company or a subset of a company (DUNS) and a 4-digit number assigned by
the company or subset to uniquely identify a location within their own
domain.
The Selling Organization/Vendor is responsible for all freight expense
The GLN is a 13-digit number used to uniquely identify a location. (Any legal,
functional or physical location within a business or organizational entity. The
GLN components are An EAN.UCC/ECCC Company Prefix A location
reference and A check digit
List Price
Amount Paid after discount
Product GTIN The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) is the new term for the
14-digit data structure to uniquely identify trade items(products and services)
within the EAN.UCC system
Product marked price is the price marked by the store on the good; the
people who come into the store and pay
List Price less any off invoices.
Net is Invoice Cost
Unit price.
Added information which helps Selling Organization shipper's to transport the
load.
Purchasing Organization address from where shipment will ship by the Selling
Organization
Purchasing Organization address the shipment should be sent to by the Selling
Organization
Special shipment delivery instruction
Range of dates in which shipment needs to arrive
Page 56 of 57
Appendix 6: Industry Implementation Road Map with Timelines
Foodservice EDI Implementation Timeline for Order to Cash - 7 Transaction Sets
Months
Transaction Name (TS)
TS#
Purchase Order 850
Purchase Order
855
Acknowledgment
1 2 3 4 5 6
7
8
Internal Preparation
10
11
Advance Ship Notice 856
Payment 820
Functional Acknowledgment 997
9
12 month span
Community Implementation
12
Purchase Order Change 860
Invoice 810
Year
Foodservice EDI Change Summary
Version 4010-2012
Table of Contents
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 2A:
Section 3:
Change Summary 4010 to 4010-2012 .................................................................................................. 2
Data Elements and Position Identification ......................................................................................... 22
Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement ............................................................................ 54
Data Element 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge .......................................................... 58
This Foodservice Implementation Guideline for EDI document reflects information for the following Transaction Sets:
•
850 Purchase Order
•
855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment
•
860 Purchase Order Change Request- Buyer Initiated
•
856 Ship Notice / Manifest (ASN Advance Ship Notice)
•
810 Invoice
•
820 Payment Order/Remittance Advice
•
997 Functional Acknowledgment
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Section 1:
810 INV
-
850 PO
-
Change Summary 4010 to 4010-2012
855 POA
-
856 ASN
-
997 FA
-
Segment &
Element
Position
-
-
Data Element
Code and Expression
(All changes below from CR GS1C11-513)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
BEG02
BEG04
AK101
GS1 Canada – Industry Relations Standards
Action in Foodservice EDI Version
4010-2012
1/0200
92- Purchase Order
Type Code
BEG04
1/0200
328- Release Number
AK101
1/0200
479- Functional
Identifier Code
- BE Blanket
Order/Estimated
Quantities (Not firm
Commitment)
REMOVED TS852 Product Activity
Data from Foodservice EDI
Transactions Order to Cash
ADDED TS820 Payment
Order/Remittance Advice in
Foodservice EDI Transactions Order
to Cash
ADDED TS860 Purchase Order
Change Request- Buyer Initiated FS
in Foodservice EDI Transactions
Order to Cash
ADDED one code in TS850 BEG02 92Purchase Order Type Code position
1/0200
OPENED BEG04 DE 328 Release
Number in TS850 position 1/0200
- IN Invoice Information
(810,819)
- PC Purchase Order
Change Request - Buyer
Initiated (860)
- PO Purchase Order
(850)
- PR Purchase Order
Acknowledgement
(855)
- RA Payment
Order/Remittance
Advice (820)
- SH Ship
Notice/Manifest (856)
Page 2 of 81
ADDED 6 codes in TS977 AK101 DE
479 position 1/0200
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
Segment &
Element
Position
AK201
1/0300
REF
1/0500
Reference
Identification
REF01
1/0500
128- Reference
Identification Qualifier
-CT Contract Number
REF01
REF01
1/0500
128- Reference
- D3 National
Association of Boards
of Pharmacy Number
REF01
REF01
1/0500
128- Reference
AK503,504,
505,506
1/0600
718 Transaction Set
Syntax Error Code
- IV Seller's Invoice
Number
- VN Vendor Order
Number
- 1 Transaction Set Not
Supported
- 2 Transaction Set
Trailer Missing
- 3 Transaction Set
Control Number in
Header and Trailer Do
Not Match
- 4 Number of Included
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
AK201
REF
REF
REF01
REF01
AK503,504,
505,506
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
143- Transaction Set
Identifier Code
- 810 Invoice
- 820 Payment
Order/Remittance
Advice
- 850 Purchase Order
Acknowledgment
- 856 Ship
Notice/Manifest
Initiated
Page 3 of 81
ADDED 6 codes in TS977 AK201 DE
143 position 1/0300
REMOVED Syntax Notes 2 & 3 from
TS850 and TS855:
2 If either C04003 or C04004 is
present, then the other is required.
ADDED one code in TS850 REF01 DE
128 position 1/0500
REMOVED code D3 National
Association of Boards of Pharmacy
Number in TS850 and TS855 REF01
DE 128 position 1/0500
ADDED 2 codes in TS855 REF01 DE
128 position 1/0500
ADDED 5 codes in TS977
AK503,504,505,506 DE 718 position
1/0600
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
Segments Does Not
Match Actual Count
- 5 One or More
Segments in Error
PER03
PER03
PER03
1/0600
365-Communication
Number Qualifier
- EM Electronic Mail
ADDED one code in TS810 and TS850
PER03 DE 365 Position 1/0600
PER05
PER05
PER05
1/0600
365 Communication
Number Qualifier
-TE Telephone
PER06
PER06
PER06
1/0600
364 Communication
Number
AK906,907,
908,909
1/0700
716- Functional Group
Syntax Error Code
OPENED PER05 DE 365
Communication Number Qualifier
Code including 2 codes in TS810 and
TS850 position 1/0600
OPENED PER06 DE 365
Code including 2 codes in TS810 and
ADDED 5 codes in TS977
AK906,907,908,909 DE 716 position
1/0700
N101
N101
1/0700
N103
N103
1/0700
98 Entity Identifier
Code
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
AK906,907,
908,909
- 1 Functional Group
Not Supported
Version Not Supported
Trailer Missing
- 4 Group Control
Number in the
Functional Group
Not Agree
- 5 Number of Included
Transaction Sets Does
Not Match Actual
Count
Only codes BO, BS, BT,
RI, SF, ST, SU and VN
- 1 D-U-N-S Number,
Dun & Bradstreet
- 91 Assigned by Seller
or Seller's Agent
- 92 Assigned by Buyer
Page 4 of 81
See Data Element 98 in List
REMOVED 3 codes from TS810 N103
DE66 position 1/0700
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
or Buyer's Agent
SAC02
SAC02
1/1200
1300- Service,
Promotion,
Allowance, or Charge
Code
SAC09
SAC09
1/1200
355- Unit or Basis for
Measurement Code
ITD01
1/1300
336- Terms Type Code
ITD01
1/1300
336- Terms Type Code
ITD01
ITD01
- D350 Goods and
Services Credit
Allowance
- D360 Goods and
Services Tax Charge
- H490 Subject To Tax
On Resale
- H770 Tax - State Tax
- H806 Tax Credit
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- PL Pallet/Unit Load
- TE Tote
- 01 Basic with note
- 04 Deferred or
Installment with note
- 01 Basic
- 02 End of Month
(EOM)
- 03 Fixed Date
- 04 Deferred or
Installment
- 06 Mixed
- 07 Extended
- 10 Instant
- 11 Elective
- 12 10 Days After End
Page 5 of 81
ADDED 5 codes in TS850 SAC02 DE
1300 position 1/1200
355 position 1/1200
REMOVED 2 codes from TS810 ITD01
366 position 1/1300
REMOVED 9 codes from TS850 ITD01
366 position 1/1300
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
of Month
ITD02
ITD02
1/1300
333- Terms Basis Date
Code
ITD09
ITD09
1/1300
388- Terms Deferred
Due Date
REMOVED ITD09 DE 388 from TS810
position 1/1300
ITD10
ITD10
1/1300
389- Deferred Amount
Due
position 1/1300
ITD11
ITD11
1/1300
342- Percent of
Invoice Payable
position 1/1300
ITD12
ITD12
1/1300
352 Description
position 1/1300
DTM01
DTM01
1/1500
374- Date/Time
Qualifier
-118 Requested Pickup
REMOVED one code from TS855
DTM01 DE 374 position 1/1500
N101
N101
1/3000
98- Entity Identifier
Code
REMOVED 4 codes from TS855 N101
N101
N101
1/3000
Code
N103
N103
1/3000
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
- FR Message From
- MA Party for whom
Item is Ultimately
Intended Ultimate
receiver
- OB Ordered By
Customer of retailer
- TO Message To
- BO Broker or Sales
Office
- SU
Supplier/Manufacturer
- VN Vendor
- 1 D-U-N-S Number,
Dun & Bradstreet
or Seller's Agent
or Buyer's Agent
- 8 Invoice Transmission
Date
Page 6 of 81
REMOVED one code from TS850 DE
ITD02 333 position 1/1300
ADDED 3 codes in TS855 N101 DE 98
position 1/3000
REMOVED 3 codes fromTS855 N103
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
Segment &
Element
Position
N101
N101
1/3100
Code
N101
N101
1/3100
Code
N103
N103
1/3100
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
- AG Agent/Agency
- BL Party to Receive
Bill of Lading
- CB Customs Broker
- CN Consignee
- CS Consolidator
- CT Country of Origin
- EX Exporter
- FR Message From
- FW Forwarder
- H9 Designer
- MA Party for whom
Item is Ultimately
Intended Ultimate
receiver
- MF Manufacturer of
Goods
- NP Notify Party for
Shipper's Order
- OB Ordered By
- TO Message To
- Z7 Mark-for Party
-VN Vendor
- 1 D-U-N-S Number,
Dun & Bradstreet
or Seller's Agent
or Buyer's Agent
Page 7 of 81
REMOVED 16 codes from TS850
N101 DE 98 position 1/3100
ADDED one code in TS850 N101 DE
98 position 1/3000
REMOVED 3 codes fromTS850 N103
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
IT103
IT103
2/0100
355 Unit or Basis for
Measurement Code
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- DR Drum
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 9 codes in TS810 IT103 355
position 2/0100
IT106
IT106
2/0100
235- Product/Service
ID Qualifier
- EN European Article
Number (EAN) (2-5- 51)
- IN Buyer's Item
Number
- UA U.P.C./EAN Case
Code (2-5-5)
- UN U.P.C. Case Code
Number (1- 1-5-5)
- UP U.P.C. Consumer
Package Code (1-5-5-1)
- VN Vendor's (Seller's)
Item Number
REMOVED 6 codes from TS810 IT106
235 position 2/0100
IT108,110,
112,114,
116
IT109,111,
113,115
IT108,110,
112,114,11
6
IT107,
09,111,113
,115
PO103
2/0100
ID Qualifier
Closed IT108,110,112,114,116 DE
235 from TS810 position 2/0100
2/0100
ID
Closed IT109,111,113,115 DE 234
from TS810 position 2/0100
2/0100
355-Unit or Basis for
Measurement Code
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
PO103
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
- BA Bale
- BO Bottle
- BX Box
- CN Can
- CT Carton
- DS Display
- DZ Dozen
- PK Package
- RL Roll
Page 8 of 81
REMOVED 9 codes in TS850 PO103
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
PO103
2/0100
Measurement Code
- DR Drum
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 7 codes in TS850 PO103 DE
355 position 2/0100
PO103
2/0100
Measurement Code
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- DR Drum
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 9 codes in TS855 PO103 DE
355 position 2/0100
PO104
PO104
2/0100
212- Unit Price
PO106
PO106
2/0100
ID Qualifier
PO106
2/0100
ID Qualifier
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
PO103
PO103
PO106
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
CLOSED PO104 DE 212 from TS850
position 2/0100
- IN Buyer's Item
Number
Code (2-5-5)
Number (1-1-5-5)
- VN Vendor's
(Seller's)Item Number
Code (2-5-5)
Page 9 of 81
REMOVED 6 codes in TS850 PO106
PO106 DE 235 position 2/0100
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
Number (1-1-5-5)
PO108,
110,112,11
4,116
PO108,
110,112,11
4,116
PO108,
110,112,11
4,116
2/0100
ID Qualifier
CLOSED PO108, 110,112,114,116 DE
235 from TS850 and TS 855 position
2/0100
PO109,111
,113,115,
117
PO109,111
,113,115,
117
CTP01
PO109,111
,113,115,1
17
CTP01
2/0100
ID
2/0400
687- Class of Trade
Code
- AG Agent
- BG Buying Group
- DE Dealer
- DI Distributor
- RS Resale
CLOSED PO109,111,113,115,117 DE
234 from TS850 and TS 855 position
2/0100
OPENED in TS855 CTP01 DE 687
position 2/0400 including 5 codes
CTP02
CTP02
2/0400
236- Price Identifier
Code
- ALT Alternate Price
- CAT Catalog Price
- MSR Manufacturer's
Suggested Retail
- PRP Promotional price
- RES Resale
ADDED 5 codes in TS855 CTP02 DE
236 position 2/0400
CTP02
CTP02
2/0400
236- Price Identifier
Code
- OPP Original Purchase
Order Price
CTP02 DE 236 position 2/0400
Page 10 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
CTP05- 01
CTP05
2/0400
Measurement Code
CTP11
CTP11
2/0400
289- Multiple Price
Quantity
OPENED CTP11 DE 289 inTS855
position 2/0400
CTP04
CTP04
2/0400
380- Quantity
CLOSED CTP04 DE 380 from TS850
position 2/0400
CTP05
CTP05
2/0400
C001- Composite Unit
of Measure
CLOSED CTP05 DE C001 from TS850
position 2/0400
CTP05
C00101
CTP05
C00101
2/0400
Measurement Code
CLOSED CTP05 C00101 DE 355 from
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- CC Cubic Centimeter
- CF Cubic Feet
- CI Cubic Inches
- CR Cubic Meter
- DB Dry Pounds
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- FT Foot
- FZ Fluid Ounce
(Imperial)
- GA Gallon
- GI Imperial Gallons
- GR Gram
- IN Inch
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- ML Milliliter
- PA Pail
- PT Pint
- PX Pint, Imperial
- TE Tote
- YD Yard
Page 11 of 81
ADDED 26 codes in TS855 position
2/0400
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
CTP09
2/0400
639 Basis of Unit Price
Code
CTP04
CTP04
2/0500
380- Quantity
CTP05
CTP05
2/0500
C001- Composite Unit
of Measure
CLOSED CTP05 DE C001 from TS810
position 2/0500
CTP05
C00101
CTP05
C00101
2/0500
Measurement Code
CLOSED CTP05 C00101 DE 355 from
CTP09
CTP09
2/0500
639 Basis of Unit Price
Code
PID
PID
2/0500
Product/Item
Description
PO402
PO402
2/0900
357- Size
CLOSED CTP09 DE 639 (NT Net, and
PE Price per Each) from TS810
position 2/0500
ADDED PID Product /Item
Description segment in TS855
position 2/0500
position 2/0900
PO403
PO403
2/0900
Measurement Code
PO403
2/0900
Measurement Code
PO406
2/0900
384 Gross Weight per
Pack
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
CTP09
PO403
PO406
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
CLOSED CTP09 DE 639 (NT Net, and
PE Price per Each) from TS850
position 2/0400
CLOSED CTP04 DE 380 from TS810
position 2/0500
position 2/0900
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 12 codes in TS850 PO403 355
position 2/0900
OPENED PO406 DE 384 in TS855
position 2/0900
Page 12 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
PO407
PO407
2/0900
Measurement Code
PO408
PO408
2/0900
385- Gross Volume
per Pack
PO409
PO409
2/0900
Measurement Code
- CF Cubic Feet
- CI Cubic Inches
- CR Cubic Meter
- GA Gallon
- LT Liter
- ML Milliliter
- PT Pint
- PX Pint, Imperial
OPENED PO409 DE 355 including 10
codes inTS855 position 2/0900
PO403
2/1000
Measurement Code
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 12 codes in TS810 PO403 355
position 2/1000
TD103
Shipment
TD1103
Shipment
2/1100
23- Commodity Code
Qualifier
TD104
Shipment
TD1 04
Shipment
2/1100
22- Commodity Code
TD105
Shipment
TD1 05
Shipment
2/1100
79- Lading Description
855 POA
856 ASN
PO403
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
-KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
OPENED PO407 DE 355 including 2
codes inTS855 position 2/0900
OPENED PO408 DE 385 in TS855
position 2/0900
CLOSED TD103 DE 23 from TS856
segment TD1 -Shipment, position
2/1100
2/1100
2/1100
Page 13 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
TD110
Shipment
TD110
Shipment
2/1100
Measurement Code
- CF Cubic Feet
- CI Cubic Inches
- CR Cubic Meter
- GA Gallon
- LT Liter
- ML Milliliter
- PT Pint
- PX Pint, Imperial
ADDED TD110 HL SHIPMENT DE 355
including 10 codes inTS856 position
2/1100
TD502
Shipment
TD502
Shipment
2/1200
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
or Seller's Agent
or Buyer's Agent
segment TD5 - Shipment, TD502 DE
66 position 2/1200
SAC
SAC
2/1300
SAC02
SAC02
2/1300
Service, Promotion,
Information
1300- Service,
Promotion,
Code
- D350 Goods and
Services Credit
Allowance
- D360 Goods and
Services Tax Charge
- H490 Subject To Tax
On Resale
- H770 Tax - State Tax
- H806 Tax Credit
Page 14 of 81
ADDED to Semantics in TS855
position 2/1300:
8. SAC14 is used in conjunction with
SAC13 to identify an option when
there is more than one option of the
promotion.
9. SAC16 is used to identify the
language being used in SAC15.
1300 position 2/1300
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
SAC09
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
SAC09
SAC09
2/1300
Measurement Code
SAC11
SAC11
2/1300
380- Quantity
OPENED SAC11 DE 380 in TS855
position 2/1300
SAC14
SAC14
2/1300
770- Option Number
OPENED SAC14 DE 770 in TS855
position 2/1300
SDQ
2/1400
Destination Quantity
REF
Shipment
REF
Shipment
2/1500
Reference
Identification
PER03
Shipment
PER03
Shipment
2/1510
365-Communication
Number Qualifier
PER05
Shipment
PER05
Shipment
2/1510
365 Communication
Number Qualifier
-TE Telephone
PER06
Shipment
PER06
Shipment
2/1510
364- Communication
Number
SAC
2/1800
855 POA
856 ASN
SDQ
SAC
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- DR Drum
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 9 codes in TS850 and TS 855
SAC09 355 position 2/1300
Closed SDQ Segment from TS810
position 2/1400
Service, Promotion,
Information
REMOVED Syntax in TS856 segment
REF- Shipment, position 2/1500:
ADDED one code in TS856 PER03 DE
365 Position 2/1510
OPENED PER05 and ADDED the 2
codes in TS856 segment PER Shipment, position 2/1510
OPENED PER06 in TS856 segment
PER - Shipment, position 12/1510
position 2/1800:
promotion.
Page 15 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
SAC09
SAC09
2/1800
Measurement Code
SAC14
SAC014
2/1800
770- Option Number
SDQ
2/1900
N101
Shipment
N101
Shipment
2/2200
Code
N103
Shipment
N103
Shipment
2/2200
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
SDQ
SDQ
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 12 codes in TS810 SAC09
355 position 2/1800
OPENED 770 Option Number in
TS810 position2/1800
Destination Quantity
REMOVED Segment SDQ from TS850
and TS855 position 2/1900
- BS Bill and Ship To
- CS Consolidator
- FR Message From
- LP Loading Party
- MA Party for whom
Item is Ultimately
Intended
- OB Order By
Customer of Retailer
- TO Message To
- UP Unloading Party
- YW Discharge Point
- 1 D-U-N-S Number,
Dun & Bradstreet
or Seller's Agent
Page 16 of 81
segment N1 - Shipment, N101 DE 98
position 2/2200
segment N1 -Shipment, N103 DE 66
position 2/2200
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
N103
Shipment
N103
Shipment
2/2200
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
or Buyer's Agent
- UL UCC/EAN Location
Code
TD108
Order
TD108
Order
2/1100
Measurement Code
- GR Gram
- KG Kilogram
REF01
Order
REF01
Order
2/1500
128- Reference
N101
Order
N101
Order
2/2200
Code
N103
(Order
N103
Order
2/2200
66- Identification
Code Qualifier
LIN02
Pack
LIN02 Pack
2/0200
ID Qualifier
- UCB UCC Bill of Lading
Number (17 Digits)
- UCM UCC Master Bill
of Lading Number (17
Digits)
- MA Party for whom
Item is Ultimately
Intended
- 1 D-U-N-S Number,
Dun & Bradstreet
or Seller's Agent
or Buyer's Agent
Code (2-5-5)
LIN04
Pack
LIN04 Pack
2/0200
ID Qualifier
LIN06
Pack
LIN06 Pack
2/0200
ID Qualifier
CLOSED LIN06 DE 235 from TS856
segment - Pack, position 2/0200
LIN07
Pack
LIN07 Pack
2/0200
ID
CLOSED LIN07 DE 234 from TS856
segment - Pack, position 2/0200
- LT Lot Number
- UK U.P.C./EAN
Shipping Container
Code (1-2-5-5-1)
Page 17 of 81
ADDED one code to TS856 segment
N1 -Shipment, N103 DE 66 position
2/2200
ADDED 2 codes in TS856 segment
TD1 - Order, TD108 DE 355 position
2/1100
REMOVED 2 codes in TS856
segment REF- Order, REF01 DE 128
position 2/1500
segment N1 - Order, N101 DE 98
position 2/2200
segment N1 -Order, N103 DE 66
position 2/2200
segment LIN - Pack, LIN02 DE 235
position 2/0200
ADDED 2 codes in TS856 Segment
LIN - Pack, LIN04 DE 235 position
2/0200
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
SN103
Pack
SN103
Pack
2/0300
Measurement Code
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
SN- Pack, SN103 DE 355 position
2/0300
MAN01
Pack
MAN01
Pack
2/1900
88- Marks and
Numbers Qualifier
- UC U.P.C. Shipping
Container Code
MAN04
Pack
MAN04
Pack
2/1900
88- Marks and
Numbers Qualifier
- GM SSCC-18 and
Application Identifier
REMOVED one Code from TS856
segment MAN- Pack, MAN01 DE 88
position 2/1900
OPENED MAN04 DE 88 including 2
codes in TS856 Segment - MANPack, position 2/1900
MAN05
Pack
MAN05
Pack
2/1900
87- Marks and
Numbers
LIN02
Item
LIN02 Item
2/0200
ID Qualifier
LIN04,06,08,
10,12,14,16
Item
LIN04,06,0
8,10,12,14,
16 Item
2/0200
ID Qualifier
OPENED MAN05 DE 87 for use with
MAN04 in TS856 Segment - MANPack, position 2/1900
Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1)
- IT Buyer's Style
Number
- LT Lot Number
Code (2-5-5)
Number (1-2-5-5)
segment LIN - Item, LIN02 DE 235
position 2/0200
CLOSED LIN04,6,08,10,12,14,16 DE
235 from TS856 segment LIN - Item,
position 2/0200
Page 18 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
997 FA
Segment &
Element
Position
Data Element
Code and Expression
4010-2012
LIN05,07,09,
11,13,15,17
Item
LIN05,07,0
9,11,13,15,
17 Item
2/0200
ID
SN103
Item
SN103
Item
2/0300
Measurement Code
PO406
Item
PO406
Item
2/0600
384- Gross Weight per
Pack
segment PO4-Item, position 2/0600
PO407,09
Item
PO407,09
Item
2/0600
Measurement Code
PO408
Item
PO408
Item
2/0600
385- Gross Volume
per Pack
CLOSED PO407,09 DE 2/0600 from
TS856 segment PO4-Item, position
2/0600 (
segment PO4-Item, position 2/0600
PID03
Item
PID03
Item
2/0700
559- Agency Qualifier
Code
CLOSED PID03 DE 559 from TS856
segment PID -Item, position 2/0700
PID04
Item
PID04
Item
2/0700
751- Product
Description Code
CLOSED PID04 DE 751 from TS856
segment PID -Item, position 2/0700
TD4
Item
TD4 Item
2/1400
CLOSED LIN05,07,09,11,13,15,17 DE
234 from TS856 segment LIN - Item,
position 2/0200
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
Carrier Details
(Special Handling, or
Hazardous Materials,
or Both)
SN- Item, SN103 DE 355 position
2/0300
REMOVED TD4 HL-ITEM Segment
from TS856 position 2/1400
Page 19 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
810 INV
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
ACK03
2/2700
Measurement Code
CTT02
CTT02
3/0100
347- Hash Total
CLOSED CTT02 DE 347 from TS850
position 3/0100
CTT03
CTT03
3/0100
81- Weight
position 3/0100
CTT04,06
CTT04,06
3/0100
Measurement Code
position 3/0100
CTT05
CTT05
3/0100
183- Volume
CLOSED from TS850 position 3/0100
CTT07
CTT07
3/0100
352- Description
CLOSED CTT07 DE 3/0100 from
SAC
3/0400
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
ACK03
SAC
997 FA
Data Element
Code and Expression
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- DR Drum
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
Service, Promotion,
Information
ADDED 9 codes in TS855 ACK03355
position 2/2700
position 3/0400:
promotion.
Page 20 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
4010-2012
Segment &
Element
Position
SAC09
SAC009
3/0400
Measurement Code
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
ADDED 12 codes in n TS810 SAC09
355 position 3/0400
ISS02
ISS02
3/0600
Measurement Code
ADDED 12 codes in TS810 ISS02 355
position 3/0600
ISS04
ISS04
3/0600
Measurement Code
- BG Bag
- BR Barrel
- CA Case
- DR Drum
- EA Each
- GA Gallon
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
- LT Liter
- PA Pail
- TE Tote
- KG Kilogram
- LB Pound
810 INV
850 PO
855 POA
856 ASN
SLN
997 FA
SLN
Data Element
Code and Expression
Subline Item Detail
ADDED 2 codes in TS810 SAC09 355
position 3/0600
CLOSED SLN segment from TS855
Page 21 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Section 2:
Data Elements and Position Identification
Data Element # and Name
Codes
810
100 Currency Code
1005 Hierarchical Structure
Code
1005 Hierarchical Structure
Code
100 Currency Code
820
850
1/0400 CUR02
Yes
855
856
1/0400 CUR02,
05
Yes
1/0200 BSN05
0001 Shipment, Order,
Packaging, Item
Yes
Yes
100 Currency Code
CAD - Canadian
1/0400 CUR02
1/0400 CUR02
100 Currency Code
USD - United States
1/0400 CUR02
1/0400 CUR02
Yes
103 Packaging Code
103 - Packaging Code
BAG - Bag
CTN - Carton
MIX Mixed Container
Types
PLT - Pallet
SLP- Slip Sheet
SRW - Shrink Wrap
01 - Aluminum
860
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
Page 22 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
25 - Corrugated or Solid
31- Fibre
58 - Metal
71 Not Otherwise
Specified
76 - Paper
79 - Plastic
91 - Stainless Steel
94 - Wood
116 Postal Code
118 Rate
810
820
850
855
860
997
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
1/100 N403
2/1800 SAC08
1/1000 N403
1/3400 N403
1/3300 N403
1/1200 SAC08
2/1300 SAC08
2/1300 SAC08
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Shipment
2/1100 TD101
Order
2/2500 N403
Shipment
2/2500 N403
Order
1/3300 N403
1/1200 SAC08
2/1300 SAC08
1/0700 AK903
123 Number of Received
Transaction Sets
856
Page 23 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
127 Reference Identification
128 Reference Identification
Qualifier
128 - Reference Identification
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
810
820
850
855
856
860
1/0500 REF02
2/1800 SAC13
1/0350 TRN02
1/0500 REF02
2/0800 ADX04
2/1100 REF02
2/1500 RMR02
2/2100 ADX04
1/0500 REF02
1/1200 SAC13
1/2950 N902
1/3500 REF02
2/1300 SAC13
1/0500 REF02
'2/1300 SAC13
2/1500 REF02
Shipment
2/1500 REF02
Order
2/1500 REF02
Item
1/0500 REF02
1/1200 SAC13
1/2850 N902
1/3400 REF02
2/1300 SAC13
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2/1500 REF01
Order
6B- U.S. Customs
Service (USCS) Entry
Number
AH- Agreement
Number
BM - Bill of Lading
Number
1/2950 N901
1/2850 N901
2/1500 REF01
Shipment
2/1500 REF01
Order
2/1500 REF01
Order
BT- Batch Number
CH- Customer catalog
number
CK- Check Number
CL- Seller's Credit
Memo
CM- Buyer's Credit
Memo
CN - Carrier's Reference
Number (PRO/Invoice)
CO- Customer Order
Number
CT - Contract Number
2/1500 REF01
Order
1/0500 REF01
2/1100 REF01
2/0800 ADX03
2/2100 ADX03
2/1500 REF01
Shipment
2/1500 REF01
Order
2/1500 REF01
Item
1/0500 REF01
Page 24 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
Codes
810
D3- National
Association of Boards
of Pharmacy Number
DB- Buyer's Debit
Memo
820
MB- Master Bill of
Lading
MR- Merchandise Type
Code
PD Promotion/Deal
Number
QC- Product
Specification Document
Number
SB- Sales Region
Number
SE- Serial Number
855
856
860
2/0800 ADX03
2/1100 REF01
2/2100 ADX03
1/3500 REF01
DK- Dock Number
DP - Department
Number
HB- Bill & Hold Invoice
Number
IA- Internal Vendor
Number
IT - Internal Customer
Number
IV - Seller's Invoice
Number
LT- Lot Number
850
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
1/3400 REF01
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
1/0500 REF01
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
2/1500 RMR01
2/1500 REF01
Item
2/1500 REF01
Shipment
2/1500 REF01
Order
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
2/1500 REF01
Order
2/1500 REF01
Order
2/1500 REF01
Item
Page 25 of 81
1/0500 REF01
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Qualifier
Codes
810
820
850
VN - Vendor Order
Number
855
856
1/0500 REF01
2/1500 REF01
Order
860
Yes
Yes
Yes
2/1800 SAC02
3/0400 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
1300 Service, Promotion
Charge Code
D350- Goods and
Services Credit
Allowance
D360 -Goods and
Services Tax Charge
2/1800 SAC02
3/0400 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
Charge Code
H490- Subject To Tax
On Resale
2/1800 SAC02
3/0400 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
Charge Code
Charge Code
1301 Agency Service,
Promotion, Allowance, or
Charge Code
133 Routing Sequence Code
H770- Tax - State Tax
2/1800 SAC02
3/0400 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
H806- Tax Credit
2/1800 SAC02
3/0400 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
1/1200 SAC02
2/1300 SAC02
2/1800 SAC04
1/1200 SAC04
2/1300 SAC04
'2/1300 1301
1/1200 SAC04
Charge Code
Charge Code
1- 1st Carrier after
Origin Carrier
2-2nd Carrier after
Origin Carrier
3- 3rd Carrier after
Origin Carrier
4- 4th Carrier after
Origin Carrier
Origin Carrier
Origin Carrier
Yes
1/2400 TD501
Yes
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
Yes
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
1/2400 TD501
Page 26 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
143 Transaction Set ID
146 Shipment Method of
Payment
Payment
Codes
810
820
Origin Carrier
Origin Carrier
Origin Carrier
A -Origin Carrier,
Agent's Routing (Rail)
B- Origin/Delivery
Carrier (Any Mode)
O- Origin Carrier (Air,
Motor, or Ocean)
S- Origin Carrier,
Shipper's Routing (Rail)
810 Invoice
850
1/2400 TD501
Yes
1/0100 ST01
Yes
860
Shipment
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
1/2400 TD501
2/1200 TD501
Shipment
1/2400 TD501
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
01/0100 ST01
997
Yes
01/0300
AK201
01/0300
AK201
01/0300
AK201
01/0300
AK201
01/0100 ST01
855 Purchase Order
Acknowledgment
856 Ship
Notice/Manifest
860 Purchase Order
Initiated
997 Functional
Acknowledgment
856
1/0100 ST01
820 Payment
Order/Remittance
Advice
850 Purchase Order
CC- Collect
855
01/0100 ST01
01/0300
AK201
1/0100 ST01
01/0300
AK201
01/0100 ST01
Yes
Yes
Yes
1/1500 FOB01
1/0800 FOB01
1/0800 FOB01
Page 27 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Payment
Payment
152 Special Handling Code
Codes
PB- Customer Pickup/Backhaul
PP- Prepaid (by Seller)
810
820
850
855
1/0800 FOB01
1/0800 FOB01
1/1500 FOB01
1/0800 FOB01
1/0800 FOB01
Yes
2/1400 TD401
Shipment
CC- Container,
Consolidator Load
CF-Container, Factory
Load
LN- Less Than
Container, Consolidator
Load
LR- Less Than
Container, Factory Load
TC- Trailer,
Consolidator Load
TF-Trailer, Factory Load
2/1400 TD401
Shipment
2/1400 TD401
Shipment
2/1400 TD401
Shipment
2/1400 TD401
Shipment
1/0100 N402
1/1000 N402
1/3400 N402
1/3200 N402
166 Address Information
1/0900 N301,
02
1/0900 N301,
02
1/3300 N301,
02
1/3200 N301,
02
1/0100 N401
1/1000 N401
1/3400 N401
1/3300 N401
G - Gross Weight
19 City Name
860
1/1500 FOB01
156 State or Province
183 Volume
187 Weight Qualifier
187 - Weight Qualifier
856
Page 28 of 81
2/1400 TD401
Shipment
2/2500 N402
Shipment
2/2400 N301,
02 Shipment
2/2400 N301,
02 Order
2/2500 N402
Order
2/1100 TD109
Yes
2/1100 TD106
Shipment
2/1100 TD106
Order
2/2500 N401
Shipment
2/2500 N401
Order
1/3300 N402
1/3200 N301,
302
1/3300 N401
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
810
820
850
855
2/1300 TD302
Shipment
2/1300 TD307
Shipment
207 Equipment Number
2/0100 ITD104
2/0500 CTP03
212 Unit Price
234 Product/Service ID
236 Price Identifier Code
248 Allowance or Charge
Indicator
Indicator
Indicator
860
997
1/0700 AK904
2 Number of Accepted
Transaction Sets
206 Equipment Initial
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
856
Yes
0/0400 CTP03
2/0100 PO104
2/0400 CT03
2/0100 P0107
2/0100 PO107
Yes
Yes
ALT- Alternate Price
CAT - Catalog Price
MSR- Manufacturer's
Suggested Retail
PRP- Promotional price
RES- Resale
UCP - Unit cost price
2/0200 LIN03,
05 Pack
2/0200 LIN03
Item
Yes
2/0100 POC09
Yes
2/0200 LIN02,
04 Pack
LT- Lot Number
UK - GTIN 14-digit Data
Structure
2/0100 POC06
2/0400 CTP03
2/0100 IT106
2/0100 PO106
20100/PO106
Yes
Yes
Yes
2/0400 CTP02
2/0400 CTP02
2/0400 CTP02
2/0400 CTP02
2/0400 CTP02
2/0400 CTP02
Yes
2/0200 LIN02,
04 Pack
2/0200 LIN02
Item
2/0100 POC08
Yes
2/0500 CTP02
Yes
2/0400 CTP02
Yes
A - Allowance
2/1800 SAC01
3/0400 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
C - Charge
2/1800 SAC01
3/0400 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
Page 29 of 81
2/0400 CTP02
Yes
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Indicator
Indicator
26 Country Code
Codes
N - No Allowance or
Charge
R- Allowance Request
Code defining
international
810
820
850
855
2/1800 SAC01
3/0400 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
2/1800 SAC01
3/0400 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
1/1200 SAC01
2/1300 SAC01
Yes
YES
Yes
Yes
856
2/2500 N404
Shipment
2/2500 N404
Order
860
Yes
26 Country Code
CA- Canada
1/0100 N404
1/1000 N404
1/3400 N404
1/3300 N404
1/3300 N404
26 Country Code
MX-Mexico
1/0100 N404
1/1000 N404
1/3400 N404
1/3300 N404
1/3300 N404
US-United States
1/0100 N404
1/1000 N404
1/3400 N404
1/3300 N404
1/3300 N404
26 Country Code
28 Group Control Number
280 Exchange Rate
289 Multiple Price Quantity
305 Transaction Handling Code
305 Transaction Handling Code
309 Location Qualifier
997
1/0200 AK102
1/0400 CUR03
2/0400 CTP11
Yes
1/0200 BPR01
I- Remittance
Information Only
Yes
Yes
DE - Destination
(Shipping)
IA- International Air
Transport Association
(IATA) Location
Qualifier
K- Census Schedule K
1/1500 FOB02
1/0800 FOB02
OR - Origin ( Shipping
Point)
W- Worldwide
Geographic Location
Code
1/1500 FOB02
Yes
2/2500 N405
Shipment
D- Census Schedule D
1/0800 PFB02
2/2500 N405
Shipment
2/2500 N405
Shipment
1/0800 FOB02
1/0800 PFB02
2/2500 N405
Shipment
2/2500 N406
310 Location Identifier
Yes
Page 30 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
333 Terms Basis Date Code
336 Terms Type Code
820
1/0200 BIG04
324 Purchase Order Number
326 Request Reference
Number
328 Release Number
329 Transaction Set Control
Number
330 Quantity Ordered
Method of Handling Code
332 Percent
810
850
855
856
860
1/0200 BEG03
1/0200 BAK03
Shipment
2/0500 PRF01
Order
1/0200 BCH03
997
1/0200 BCH07
1/0200 BEG04
1/0100 ST02
3/0300 SE02
1/0100 ST02
3/0300 SE02
Yes
2/0100 PO102
Yes
2/010 PO102
Yes
2/0100 POC03
Yes
01- Bill Back
2/1800 SAC12
3/0400 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC012
2/1300 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC12
02- Off Invoice
2/1800 SAC12
3/0400 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC012
2/1300 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC12
03- Vendor Check to
Customer
04- Credit Customer
Account
05- Charge to be Paid
by Vendor
06- Charge to be Paid
by Customer
2/1800 SAC12
3/0400 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC012
2/1300 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC12
2/1800 SAC12
3/0400 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC012
2/1300 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC12
2/1800 SAC12
3/0400 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC012
2/1300 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC12
2/1800 SAC12
3/0400 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC012
2/1300 SAC12
1/1200 SAC12
2/1300 SAC12
2/1800 SAC07
1/1200 SAC07
2/1300 SAC07
2/1300 SAC07
1/1200 SAC07
2/1300 SAC07
Yes
Yes
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
Yes
1/0100 ST02
3/0800 SE02
1 - Ship Date
2 - Delivery Date
3 - Invoice date
4- Specified Date
7 - Effective Date
15 - Receipt of Goods
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
Yes
01/0100 ST02
3/0100 SE02
1/0100 ST02
3/0200 SE02
Yes
Page 31 of 81
1/0200 BCH04
1/0100 ST02
3/0300 SE02
Yes
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
1/1300 ITD02
Yes
1/0100 ST02
1/0300 AK202
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
336 Terms Type Code
336 Terms Type Code
336 Terms Type Code
336 Terms Type Code
336 Terms Type Code
Codes
810
820
05 - Discount Not
Applicable
08 - Basic Discount
Offered
09 - Proximo
14 - Previously agreed
upon
DI-Delivery Instructions
Contact
01/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
01/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
01/1300 ITD01
01/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
1/1300 ITD01
349 Item Description Type
1/1500 DTM03
F - Free-form
01/1300 ITD03
Yes
2/0600 PID01
1/1300 ITD03
YES
2/0500 PID01
01 - Cancellation
1/0200 BSN04
2/2000 DTM03
Shipment
YES
2/0500 PID01
Yes
2/0700 PID01
Item
1/1500 DTM03
1/1300 ITD03
Yes
2/0500 PID01
2/1100 REF03
1/1300 ITD05
1/0800 FOB03
1/1200 SAC15
2/0500 PID05
2/1300 SAC15
2/0500 PID05
'2/1300 SAC15
2/0700 PID02
Item
2/0100 POC01
1/1300 ITD05
1/0800 FOB02
1/1200 SAC15
2/0500 PID05
2/1300 SAC15
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1/0200 BEG01
1/0200 BAK01
1/0200 BSN01
1/0200 BAK01
1/0200 BCH01
1/0200 BCH01
04 - Change
860
2/0500 PID01
1/1300 ITD05
1/1500 FOB03
2/0600 PID05
2/1800 SAC 15
00 - Original
856
2/0500 PID01
S- Structured (From
Industry Code List)
X- Semi-structured
(Code and Text)
350 Assigned Identification
351 Terms Discount Days Due
352 Description
353 Transaction Set Purpose
Code
353 - Transaction Set Purpose
Code
Code
Code
855
2/1510 PER01
Shipment
337 Time
338 Terms Discount Percent
850
Page 32 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
354 Number of Line items
355 Unit or Basis for Measure
Code
355 Unit of Measure Code
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
860
1/0200 BAK01
05 - Replace
1/0200 BEG01
06 - Confirmation
1/0200 BSN01
07 - Duplicate
16- Proposed
1/0200 BAK01
19- Seller initiated
change
22 - Information Copy
1/0200 BAK01
1/0200 BEG01
CO - Corrected
3/0700 CTT01
Yes
3/0100 CTT01
Yes
3/0100 CTT01
Yes
3/0100 CTT01
Yes
3/0100 CTT01
Yes
BG - Bag
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
BR- Barrel
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
CA - Case
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
Page 33 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
CC - Cubic Centimeter
CF-Cubic Feet
CI- CubicInches
CR - Cubic Meter
DR - Drum
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
EA - Each
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
FT-Foot
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0400 CTP0501
FZ-Fluid Ounce
(Imperial)
GA - Gallon
GI- Imperial Gallons
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
Page 34 of 81
860
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
860
GR - Gram
2/0400 CTP0501
IN-Inch
2/0400 CTP0501
KG - Kilogram
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
3/0600 ISS04
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO407
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/1100 TD108
Shipment
2/1100 TD108
Order
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
LB - Pound
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
3/0600 ISS04
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO407
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
LT - Liter
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/1300 SAC09
ML - Milliliter
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/1100 TD108
Shipment
2/1100 TD108
Order
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
PA-Pail
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
Page 35 of 81
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
PL- Pallet/Unit Load
PT- Pint
PX- Pint, Imperial
TE-Tote
YD - Yard
810
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0100 IT103
2/1000 PO403
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
820
850
855
856
860
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO409
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0900 PO401
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0300 SN103
Item
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 POC0501
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/2150 PAL03
Shipping Tare
2/0600 Item
2/0900 PO401
356 Pack
2/1000 PO401
2/0900 PO401
357 Size
358 Quantity Invoiced
2/1000 PO402
2/0900 PO402
2/0900 PO402
362 Terms Discount Amount
1/1300 ITD08
1/1300 ITD08
1/1300 ITD08
364 Communication Number
1/0600 PER04,
06
1/0600 PER04,
06
1/1510 PER04,
06 Shipment
1/0600 PER04,
06
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EM - Electronic Mail
1/0600 PER03,
05
1/0600 PER03,
05
2/1510 PER03,
05 Shipment
1/0600 PER03,
05
TE - Telephone
1/0600 PER03,
05
1/0600 PER03,
05
2/1510 PER0,
05 Shipment
1/0600 PER03,
05
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
366 Contact Function Code
2/0100 IT102
Page 36 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
366 - Contact Function Code
367 Contract Number
368 Shipment/Order Status
Code
368 Shipment/Order Status
Code
370 Terms Discount Due Date
373 Date
374 Date/Time Qualifier
Codes
BD - Buyer Name /
Department
CR - Customer
Relations
IC- Information Contact
DI- Delivery
Instructions Contact
SR - Sales
Representative or
Department
810
820
850
855
856
860
1/0600 PER01
1/0600 PER01
1/0600 PER01
1/0600 PER01
1/0900 PER01
1/1510 PER01
Shipment
1/0900 PER01
1/0200 BCH07
Yes
2/1200 TD506
Shipment
CC - Shipment
Complete on (Date)
001- Cancel After
002 - Delivery
Requested
003- Invoice
007 - Effective
010- Requested Ship
011 - Shipped
017 - Estimated
Delivery
1/1300 ITD04
1/1400 DTM02
1/0200 BIG01,
03
1/0600 DTM02
2/1800 DTM02
1/0200 BPR16
1/0200 BEG05
1/1500 DTM02
1/0200 BAK04
1/1500 DTM02
2/2700 ACK05
Yes
Yes
YES
Yes
1/1500 DTM01
1/1500 DTM01
1/1400 DTM01
1/1500 DTM01
1/0200 BSN03
2/2000 DTM02
Shipment
2/2000 DTM02
Item
Yes
1/1500 DTM01
2/2000 DTM01
Shipment
2/2000 DTM01
Shipment
Page 37 of 81
Yes
1/1500 DTM01
2/1800 DTM01
1/0600 DTM01
1/1400 DTM01
1/1300 ITD04
1/0200 BCH06,
11
1/1500 DTM02
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
118- Requested Pick-up
036 - Expiration
067 - current schedule
delivery
068 Current Schedule
Ship
086 Scheduled for
Shipment (Week of)
100 - No Shipping
Schedule Established as
of
AA1- Estimated Point of
Arrival
AA2- Estimated Point of
Discharge
378 Allowance/Charge Percent
Qualifier
378 Allowance/Charge
Percent Qualifier
Percent Qualifier
Percent Qualifier
Percent Qualifier
Percent Qualifier
Percent Qualifier
Percent Qualifier
810
820
850
855
856
1/1500 DTM01
860
1/1500 DTM01
2/2000 DTM01
Item
2/2000 DTM01
Shipment
1/1500 DTM01
2/2700 ACK04
2/2000 DTM01
Shipment
1/1500 DTM01
2/2700 ACK04
2/2000 DTM01
Shipment
2/2000 DTM01
Shipment
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1- Item List Cost
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2- Item Net Cost
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
3- Discount/Gross
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
4 -Discount/Net
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
5- Base Price per Unit
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
6- Base Price Amount
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
7-Base Price Amount
Less Previous Discount
2/1800 SAC06
3/0400 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
1/1200 SAC06
2/1300 SAC06
Page 38 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
810
2/1800 SAC10
380 Quantity
820
850
855
1/1200 SAC10
2/1300 SAC10
2/0400 CT04
'2/1300 SAC11
2/270 ACK02
3/0600 ISS01
382 Number of Units
Shipped
856
1/1200 SAC10,
11
2/1300 SAC10,
11
2/0300 SN102
Pack
2/0300 SN102
Item
2/0900 PO406
2/0900 PO408
384 Gross Weight per Pack
385 Gross Volume per Pack
386 Terms Net Days
387 Routing
396 Shipment Identification
1/1300 ITD07
1/1300 ITD07
1/2400 TD505
1/1300 ITD07
1/2400 TD505
1/0200 BSN02
2/1200 TD505
Yes
2/2150 PAL15
Shipping Tare
399 Pallet Exchange Code
1- No Exchange/No
Return
2- Exchange Pallets
3- Return Pallets
2/2150 PAL15
Shipping Tare
4- Pallets to be
Purchased by Customer
5- Third-Party Pallet
Exchange
2/2150 PAL15
Shipping Tare
40 Equipment Description
Code
Code
Code
Code
860
2/2150 PAL15
Shipping Tare
2/2150 PAL15
Shipping Tare
Yes
Yes
2/1300 TD301
Unit or Lot
CN- Container
CV- Closed Van
CZ- Refrigerated
Container
FT- Flat Bed Trailer
Yes
1/2500 TD301
2/1300 TD301
Shipment
1/2500 TD301
2/1300 TD301
Unit or Lot
1/2500 TD301
2/1300 TD301
Page 39 of 81
1/2500 TD301
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
426 Adjustment Reason Code
Codes
810
820
1/2500 TD301
Shipment
2/1300 TD301
Shipment
1/2500 TD301
2/1300 TD301
Shipment
2/1300 TD301
Unit or Lot
2/1300 TD301
Unit or Lot
Yes
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
07- Incorrect Product
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
11- Returns - Damage
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
30- Delivery Charge
Incorrect
52- Credit for
Overpayment
53 -Remittance for
55- Tax Deducted
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
860
2/1300 TD301
Unit or Lot
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
856
2/1300 TD301
Unit or Lot
04- Item Not Accepted
- Damaged
06- Quantity Contested
855
1/2500 TD301
RT- Controlled
Temperature Trailer
(Reefer)
TL- Trailer (not
otherwise specified)
20- 20 ft. IL Container
(Open Top)
2B- 20 ft. IL Container
(Closed Top)
40- 40 ft. IL Container
(Open Top)
4B- 40 ft. IL Container
(Closed Top)
01- Pricing Error
850
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
2/0800 ADX02
2/2100 ADX02
Page 40 of 81
1/2500 TD301
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
446 Terms Net Due Date
447 Loop Identifier Codet
478 Credit/Debit Flag Code
479 Functional Identifier Code
481 Trace Type Code
481 Trace Type Code
482 Payment Action Code
Codes
810
820
850
855
1/1300 ITD06
856
860
997
1/1300 ITD06
1/0400 AK303
C- Credit
D- Debit
Yes
1/0200 BPR03
1/0200 BPR03
Yes
1/0200 AK101
IN - Invoice Information
(810)
PC Purchase Order
Initiated (860)
PO Purchase Order
(850)
PR Purchase Order
Acknowledgement
(855)
RA Payment
Order/Remittance
Advice (820)
SH Ship
Notice/Manifest (856)
1- Current Transaction
Trace Numbers
AJ Adjustment
ER Evaluated Receipts
Settlement
FL Final
NS Not Specified
(Unknown as to Type of
Payment)
PA Payment in Advance
1/0200 AK101
1/0200 AK101
1/0200 AK101
1/0200 AK101
1/0200 AK101
Yes
1/0350 TRN01
Yes
2/1500 RMR03
2/1500 RMR03
2/1500 RMR03
2/1500 RMR03
2/1500 RMR03
Page 41 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
506 (DFI) ID Number Qualifier
Codes
810
569 Account Number Qualifier
569 Account Number Qualifier
587 Acknowledgment Type
850
855
Yes
1/1200 SAC03
2/1300 SAC03
Yes
2/0500 PID03
2/1300 SAC03
856
860
2/1500 RMR03
2/1500 RMR03
PI Pay Item
PO Payment on
Account
PP Partial Payment
PR Progress Payment
2/1500 RMR03
2/1500 RMR03
Yes
1/0200 BPR06,
12
01- ABA Transit Routing
Number Including
Check Digits (9 digits)
02- Swift Identification
(8 or 11 characters)
03- CHIPS (3 or 4 digits)
1/0200 BPR06,
12
1/0200 BPR06,
12
1/0200 BPR06,
12
04- Canadian Bank
Branch and Institution
Number
1/0200 BPR07,
13
507 (DFI) Identification
Number
508 Account Number
509 Originating Company
Identifier
554 Assigned Number
559 Agency Qualifier Code
559 Agency Qualifier Code
820
1/0200 BPR09,
15
1/0200 BPR10
2/0100 ENT01
VI- Voluntary InterIndustry Commerce
Standard (VICS) EDI
DA- Demand Deposit
AC - Acknowledge With Detail and Change
AD- Acknowledge -
Yes
2/1800 SAC03
3/0400 SAC03
Yes
1/0200 BPR08,
14
Yes
1/0200 BAK02
1/0200 BAK02
Page 42 of 81
Yes
1/1200 SAC03
2/1300 SAC03
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
591 Payment Method Code
591 Payment Method Code
610 Amount
Codes
810
820
850
With Detail, No Change
AE - Acknowledge With Exception Detail
Only
AK - Acknowledge - No
Detail or Change
AP- Acknowledge Product Replenishment
RJ - Rejected - No
Detail
855
639 Basis of Unit Price Code
860
1/0200 BAK02
1/0200 BAK02
1/0200 BAK02
1/0200 BAK02
Yes
1/0200 PBR04
CHK- Check
2/1800 SAC05
2/1300 SAC05
1/1200 SAC05
'2/1300 SAC05
1/1200 SAC05
2/1300 SAC05
2/0100 HL01
Shipment
2/0100 HL01
Unit or Lot
2/0100 HL01
Order
2/0100 HL01
Shipping Tare
2/0100 HL01
Pack
2/0100 HL01
Item
628 Hierarchical ID Number
856
LD Catalog Price per
Dozen
LE Catalog Price per
Each
NC No Charge
PO Price per Ounce
PP Price per Pound
PR Promotion
Yes
2/0100 PO105
Yes
1/0100 POC07
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
2/0100 PO105
2/0100 PO105
2/0100 PO105
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
1/0100 POC07
1/0100 POC07
1/0100 POC07
Page 43 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
66 Identification Code
Qualifier
66 Identification Code Qualifier
Codes
820
850
QT Quoted
RD Retail Price per
Dozen
RE Retail Price per Each
TD Contract Price per
Dozen
TE Contract Price per
Each
WD Wholesale Price
per Dozen
WE Wholesale Price per
Each
Yes
2 - Standard Carrier
Alpha Code (SCAC)
9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S
Number with Four
Character Suffix
91 - Assigned by seller
92 - Assigned by Buyer
or Agent
UL - UCC/EAN Location
Code
810
67 Identification Code
668 line Item status code
Yes
Yes
855
1/3100 N103
860
2/0100 PO105
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
1/0100 POC07
2/0100 PO105
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
1/0100 POC07
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
2/0100 PO105
1/0100 POC07
Yes
1/2400 TD502
1/0700 N103
856
1/3000 N103
Yes
Yes
2/1200 TD502
Shipment
1/2400 TD502
2/2200 N103
Shipment
2/2200 N103
Order
1/3000 N103
1/2400 TD502
1/2400 TD502
1/0700 N103
1/2400 TD502
1/2400 TD502
1/0700 N103
1/0700 N103
1/3100 N103
1/3000 N103
2/2200 N103
Shipment
2/2200 N103
Order
1/3000 N103
1/0700 N104
1/0700 N104
1/3100 N104
1/2400 TD503
1/3000 N104
2/1200 TD503
Shipment
2/2200 N104
Shipment
2/2200 N104
Order
1/2400 TD503
1/3000 N104
Yes
Page 44 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
670 Change or Response Type
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
671 Quantity Left to Receive
687 Class of Trade Code
715 Functional Group
Acknowledge Code
Acknowledge Code
Codes
IA - Item Accepted
IC - Item Accepted Changes Made
ID - Item Deleted
810
820
850
855
856
860
997
2/2700 ACK01
2/2700 ACK01
2/2700 ACK01
Yes
AI- Add Additional
Item(s)
CE- Changes To Item
Level
Allowance/Charges
CT- Change of Dates
2/0100 POC02
DI- Delete Item(s)
2/0100 POC02
PC- Price Change
2/0100 POC02
QD- Quantity Decrease
2/0100 POC02
QI- Quantity Increase
2/0100 POC02
2/0100 POC02
2/0100 POC02
2/0100 POC04
AG - Agent
BG - Buying Group
DE - Dealer
DF - Doctors' Offices
DI - Distributor
RS- Resale
Yes
2/0400 CTP01
2/0400 CTP01
2/0400 CTP01
2/0400 CTP01
2/0400 CTP01
Yes
1/0700 AK901
A - Accepted
Page 45 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
Acknowledge Code
Acknowledge Code
Acknowledge Code
716 Functional Group Syntax
Error Code
Error Code
Error Code
Error Code
Error Code
E - Accepted But Errors
Were Noted
P - At least 1
transaction set rejected
R - Rejected
Error Code
717 Transaction Set
Acknowledgment Code
717 Transaction Set
Acknowledgment Code
717 Transaction Set
Acknowledgment Code
717 Transaction Set
Acknowledgment Code
718 Transaction Set Syntax
Error Code
810
820
850
855
856
860
997
1/0700 AK901
1/0700 AK901
1/0700 AK901
Yes
1/0700 AK905,
06, 07, 08 , 09
1 - Functional Group
Not Supported
Version Not Supported
Trailer Missing
4 - Group Control
Number in the
Functional Group
Not Agree
5 - Number of Included
Transaction Sets Does
Not Match Actual
Count
1/0700 AK905,
06, 07, 08 , 09
1/0700 AK905,
06, 07, 08 , 09
1/0700 AK905,
06, 07, 08 , 09
1/0700 AK905,
06, 07, 08 , 09
Yes
A - Accepted
1/0600 AK502
E - Accepted But Errors
Were Noted
R - Rejected
1/0600 AK502
1/0600 AK502
Yes
Page 46 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
860
997
Error Code
1 - Transaction Set Not
Supported
1/0600 AK502,
03, 04; 05, 06
Error Code
2 - Transaction Set
Trailer Missing
1/0600 AK502,
03, 04, 05, 06
Error Code
3 - Transaction Set
Control Number in
Not Match
4 - Number of Included
Segments Does Not
Match Actual Count
5 - One or More
Segments in Error
1/0600 AK502,
03, 04, 05, 06
Error Code
Error Code
719 Segment Position in
Transaction Set
720 Segment Syntax Error
Code
720 Segment Syntax Error Code
721 Segment ID Code
722 Element Position in
Segment
723 Data Element Syntax Error
Code
724 Copy of Bad Data Element
1/0600 AK502,
03, 04, 05, 06
1/0600 AK502,
03, 04, 05, 06
1/0400 AK301
Yes
1/0400 AK304
1 - Unrecognized
segment ID
2 - Unexpected
segment
3 - Mandatory segment
missing
1/0400 AK304
1/0400 AK304
1/0400 AK301
1/0500 AK40101
Yes
1/0500 AK403
1 Mandatory data
element missing
2 Conditional required
data element missing.
1/0500 AK403
Page 47 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
725 Data Element Reference
Number
734 Hierarchical Parent ID
Number
735 Hierarchical Level Code
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
860
1/0500 AK403
3 Too many data
elements.
4 Data element too
short.
5 Data element too
long.
6 Invalid character in
data element.
7 Invalid code value.
1/0500 AK403
1/0500 AK403
1/0500 AK403
1/0500 AK403
1/0200 AK404
1/0500 AK402
2/0100 HL02
Unit or Lot
2/0100 HL02
Order
2/0100 HL02
Shiping Tare
2/0100 HO02
Pack
2/0100 HL02
Item
Yes
2/0100 HL03
Item
2/0100 HL03
Order
2/0100 HL03
Pack
2/0100 HL03
Unit or Lot
2/0100 HL03
Shipment
2/0100 HL03
Shipping Tare
I- Item
O- Order
P- Pack
UT- Unit or Lot
S - Shipment
T- Shipping Tare
750 Product/Process
997
Yes
Yes
Yes
Page 48 of 81
Yes
Yes
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Characteristic Code
750 Product/Process
Characteristic Code
750 Product/Process
Characteristic Code
750 Product/Process
Characteristic Code
750 Product/Process
Characteristic Code
750 Product/Process
Characteristic Code
751 Product Description Code
752 Surface/Layer/Position
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Codes
08- Product
73- Vendor color
description
74- Vendor size
description
75- Buyer's Color
Description
91- Buyer's Item Size
Description
810
2/0600 PID02
820
850
855
856
860
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0700 PID02
Item
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID02
2/0500 PID04
Yes
R0- Relative Position 10
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
2/0500 PID06
Page 49 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Codes
810
820
850
855
Code
Code
76 Invoice Number
770 Option Number
RA- Relative Position 11
2/0500 PID06
RB- Relative Position 12
2/0500 PID06
860
1/20200 BIG02
2/1800 SAC14
1/1200 SAC14
2/1300 SAC14
1/1200 SAC14
2/1300 SAC14
1/0200 BPR02
2/0800 ADX01
2/1500 RM04,
04, 05, 06
2/2100 ADX01
782 Monetary Amount
80 Lading Quantity
81 Weight
3/0600 ISS03
810 Inner Pack
2/1000 PO414
812 Payment Format Code
812 Payment Format Code
856
2/0900 PO414
1/1200 SAC16
2/1300 SAC16
2/0500 PID09
'2/1300 SAC16
2/1800 SAC16
1/1200 SAC16
2/1300 SAC16
2/1900 UNIt or
Lot
2/1900
MAN02
Shipping Tare
2/1900
MAN02, 05
Pack
Yes
87 Marks and Numbers
2/0900 PO414
Yes
1/0200 BPR05
PBC - Commerical /
Corporate Check
819 Language Code
2/0900 PO414
2/1100 TD102
Shipment
2/1100 TD102
Order
2/1100 TD107
Shipment
2/1100 TD107
Order
2/0600 PO414
Item
Page 50 of 81
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Qualifier
Qualifier
Qualifier
883 Pallet Type Code
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
2/1900
MAN01 Unit or
Lot
2/1900
MAN01
Shipping Tare
2/1900
MAN01 , 04
Pack
2/1900
MAN01, 04
Pack
Yes
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
GM -SSCC-18 and
Application Identifier
UP- U.P.C. Consumer
1 -Aluminum
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
2-As Specified by the
Department of
Transportation (DOT)
3- Metal
4- Standard
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
5- Steel
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
6- Wood
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
7- Slip sheet
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
2/2150 PAL01
Shipping Tare
884 Pallet Tiers
2/215 PAL02
Shipping Tare
885 Pallet Blocks
2/215 PAL03
Shipping Tare
91 Transportation
Method/Type Code
860
Yes
Yes
Page 51 of 81
Yes
997
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
91 Transportation
Method/Type Code
91 Transportation
Method/Type Code
91 Transportation
Method/Type Code
91 Transportation
Method/Type Code
92 Purchase Order Type Code
Codes
810
820
H - Customer Pickup
850
855
856
860
1/2400 TD504
2/1200 TD504
Shipment
1/2400 TD504
1/2400 TD504
2/1200 TD504
Shipment
1/2400 TD504
997
L- Contract Carrier
M - Motor (Common
Carrier)
R - Rail
2/1200 TD504
Shipment
BE- Blanket
Order/Estimated
Quantities (Not firm
Commitment)
BK - Blanket Order
(Quantity Firm)
RE-Reorder
RL - Release or Delivery
Order
SA - Stand-alone Order
ST - Standing Order
RL- Release or Delivery
Order
93 Name
933 Free-Form Message Text
96 Number of Included
Segments
Yes
1/0200 BEG02
Yes
1/0200 BEG02
1/0200 BCH02
1/0200 BCH02
1/0200 BCH02
1/0200 BEG02
1/0200 BCH02
1/0200 BEG02
1/0600 PER02
1/0700 N102
1/080 N201,
02
1/0700 N102
1/0800 N201,
3
3/0800 SE01
3/0100 SE01
1/0600 PER02
1/3100 N102
1/3200 N201,
02
1/3000 MSG01
3/0300 SE01
1/3000 N102
1/3100 N201,
02
1/1510 PER02
Shipment
2/2200 N102
Shipment
2/2300 N201,
02 Shipment
2/2200 N102
Order
2/2300 N201,
02 Order
3/0300 SE01
3/0200 SE01
Page 52 of 81
1/0600 PER02
1/300 N102
1/3100 N201,
02
1/2900 MSG01
3/0300 SE01
1/0800 SE01
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
97 Number of Transaction Sets
Included
98 Entity Identifier Code
Codes
810
820
850
855
856
860
1/0700 AK902
Yes
1/0700 N101
Yes
Yes
1/3100 N101
Yes
1/3000 N101
1/3100 N101
1/3100 N101
1/0400 CUR01
1/3100 N101
1/3000 N101
1/3000 N101
1/3000 N101
Yes
Yes
1/3000 N101
BO- Broker or Sales
Office
BS- Bill and Ship To
BT - Bill To Party
BY - Buying Party
PR- Payer
RI - Remit To
SE - Selling Party
SF - Ship From
1/0700 N101
1/0700 N101
1/3100 N101
1/3000 N101
ST - Ship To
1/0700 N101
1/3100 N101
1/3000 N101
SU Supplier/Manufacturer
VN - Vendor
1/0700 N101
1/3100 N101
1/3000 N101
1/3000 N101
1/0700 N101
1/3100 N101
1/3000 N101
1/3000 N101
2/0400 CTP05
2/0100 POC05
C001 Composite Unit of
Measure
C030 Position in Segment
997
1/0700 N101
1/0700 N101
1/0400 CUR01
2/2200 N101
Order
1/3000 N101
1/0400 CUR01
1/3000 N101
1/0400 CUR01
1/0700 N101
2/2200 N101
Shipment
2/2200 N101
Shipment
1/0400 CUR04
1/3000 N101
1/3000 N101
1/0500 AK401
Page 53 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Section 2A: Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement
NOTE: 820 Payment Order/Remittance Advice is not reflected below as no elements of this data element are required.
355 - Unit or Basis for
Measurement
Code
BG
BR
CA
Code Expression
BG Bag
BR Barrel
CA Case
810
850
855
856
860
Weight
Dimension
Ordering
Unit
Volume
Position
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP0501
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
x
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
x
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
x
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
CC
CC Cubic Centimeter
2/0400 CTP05
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
x
CF
CF Cubic Feet
2/0400 CTP05
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
x
CI
CI Cubic Inches
2/0400 CTP05
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
x
CR
CR Cubic Meter
2/0400 CTP05
2/1100 TD110
x
Page 54 of 81
Product
Size
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Measurement
Code
810
850
855
2/0900 PO409
DB Dry Pounds
DR
DR Drum
EA
FT
FZ
GA
EA Each
Weight
Dimension
Ordering
Unit
Volume
Product
Size
x
x
x
x
x
x
Shipment
2/0400 CTP05
x
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
FT Foot User Note 1:
Feet
FZ Fluid Ounce
(Imperial)
GA Gallon
860
Position
Code Expression
DB
856
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
x
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0400 CTP05
x
2/0400 CTP05
x
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
2/0900 PO403
2/0900 PO409
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0900 PO403
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/1300 SAC09
GI
GI Imperial Gallons
2/0400 CTP05
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
GR
GR Gram
2/0400 CTP05
2/1100 TD108
Order
x
x
Page 55 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Measurement
Code
IN
KG
810
850
LT
LB Pound
LT Liter
ML
ML Milliliter
PA
PA Pail
860
Weight
x
2/0400 CTP05
Dimension
Ordering
Unit
Volume
Product
Size
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/1100 TD108
Shipment
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/1100 TD108
Order
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
2/0900 PO403
2/0900 PO407
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0900 PO403
3/0400 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/1300 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
3/0600 ISS04
LB
856
Position
Code Expression
IN Inch
KG Kilogram
855
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/1100 TD108
Shipment
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
2/0900 PO403
2/0900 PO407
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0900 PO403
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
3/0600 ISS04
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Pack
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
2/0900 PO403
2/0900 PO409
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0900 PO403
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
x
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/0400 CTP05
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
x
Page 56 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Measurement
Code
PL
810
850
856
860
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
Weight
Dimension
Ordering
Unit
Volume
Product
Size
Position
Code Expression
PL Pallet/Unit Load
855
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
x
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
PT
PT Pint
2/0400 CTP05
2/0400 CTP05
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
x
x
x
PX
PX Pint, Imperial
2/0900 PO409
2/1100 TD110
Shipment
x
x
x
TE
TE Tote
YD
2/0100 IT103
1/1200 SAC09
2/0100 PO103
2/0300 SN103
Pack
1/1200 SAC09
2/1000 PO403
2/0100 PO103
2/0400 CTP05
2/0300 SN103
Item
2/0100 POC05
2/1800 SAC09
3/0400 SAC09
3/0600 ISS02
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/1300 SAC09
2/2700 ACK03
YD Yard
x
2/0900 PO403
2/1300 SAC09
2/0400 CTP05
x
Page 57 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
Section 3:
Data Element 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge
The following two transactions sets can have additional codes available in DE 1300
• 850 Position 2/1300 SAC02
• 860 Positions 1/1200 and 2/1300 SAC02
DE 1300
Code
A010
A020
A030
A040
A050
A060
A070
A080
A090
A100
A110
A112
A120
A121
A122
A130
A140
A150
A160
A170
A172
A180
A190
A200
A210
A220
A230
A240
A250
A260
A270
A280
A290
A300
A310
A320
A330
A340
A350
A360
A370
Name
Absolute Minimum Charge
Access Charge - Federal
Access Charge - State
Access Charges
Account Number Correction Charge
Acid (Battery)
Acknowledgment of Delivery Fee (AOD)
Activation of Carnet
Ad Valorem
Add on - Destination
Add on - Origin
Add to Make Market Value
Additional Copies of Freight Bill
Additional Commercial Invoices
Additional Tariff Classifications
Additional Material
Address Correction
Adjustment for Maximum Charges Billing
Adjustment for Minimum Average Time Requirement Billing
Adjustments
Administrative
Advance Charges Handling
Advance Destination Amount
Advance Destination Fee
Advance Fee
Advance Lading Charge
Advance Origin Amount
Advance Origin Fee
Advances
Advertising Allowance
Affidavit
Agent Disbursement - Destination
Agent Disbursement - Origin
Air Export Certificate
Air Express Charge
Air Transportation Charge
Aircraft On Ground (AOG)
Airline Opening Fee
Airport Terminal Handling Charge
Alcoholic Beverage Report Charge
Allegheny County, PA Delivery Charge
Page 58 of 81
810 Invoice
Foodservice EDI
Version: 4010-2012 FS Final
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
Technical Standards
Work Group Foodservice
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Canadian Foodservice Implementation
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Invoice Foodservice - 810
Table of Contents
810
. . .
Invoice Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
Transaction Set Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
3
. . .
BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
4
. . .
CUR Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
5
. . .
REF Reference Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
6
. . .
PER Administrative Communications Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
7
N1
. . .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
9
N2
. .
Additional Name Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
11
N3
. . 12
Address Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
N4
. . 13
Geographic Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
ITD
. .
Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
14
. .
DTM Date/Time Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
16
. .
FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
17
IT1
. .
Baseline Item Data (Invoice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
18
. .
CTP Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
20
PID
. .
Product/Item Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
21
. .
PO4 Item Physical Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
23
. .
SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
25
. .
TDS Total Monetary Value Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
30
. .
31
ISS
. .
Invoice Shipment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
36
. .
CTT Transaction Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
38
SE
July 2012
. .
Transaction Set Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
39
[V004010-2012 FS]
Copyright 2012 - GS1 Canada
i
Guidelines for EDI
810
GS1 Canada
Invoice Foodservice
Functional Group= IN
Purpose: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice
Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The
transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the
billing for goods and services provided.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
010
020
ST
BIG
040
050
060
CUR
REF
PER
Transaction Set Header
Beginning Segment for
Invoice
Currency
Reference Identification
Administrative
Communications Contact
M
M
1
1
Must use
Must use
O
O
O
1
12
3
Used
Used
Used
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
O
2
1
>1
Used
Used
Used
O
O
10
1
Used
Used
Req
Max Use
Baseline Item Data
(Invoice)
Pricing Information
O
1
Used
O
25
Used
Product/Item Description
Item Physical Details
O
O
1
1
LOOP ID - N1
Repeat
Notes
Usage
200
070
080
N1
N2
090
100
130
N3
N4
ITD
140
150
DTM
FOB
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
Terms of Sale/Deferred
Terms of Sale
Date/Time Reference
F.O.B. Related Instructions
Id
Segment Name
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - IT1
010
IT1
050
CTP
PID
PO4
SAC
Usage
1000
LOOP ID - SAC
180
Notes
200000
LOOP ID - PID
060
100
Repeat
Used
Used
25
Service, Promotion,
Information
O
1
Req
Max Use
M
1
Used
Summary:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
010
TDS
Total Monetary Value
Summary
LOOP ID - SAC
040
July 2012
SAC
Repeat
Notes
Usage
Must use
25
Service, Promotion,
O
1
[V004010-2012 FS]
Used
1
Guidelines for EDI
Pos
Id
GS1 Canada
Segment Name
Information
Req
Max Use
O
O
M
1
1
1
LOOP ID - ISS
060
070
080
ISS
CTT
SE
Repeat
Notes
Usage
N3/070
Used
Used
Must use
>1
Invoice Shipment Summary
Transaction Totals
Transaction Set Trailer
Notes:
3/070
July 2012
Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of IT1 segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities invoiced (IT102) for each IT1 segment.
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
ST Transaction Set Header
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
User Option (Usage): Must use
Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Transaction Set Identifier Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Description: Code uniquely identifying a
Transaction Set
CodeList Summary (Total Codes: 298, Included: 1)
Code Name
810
ST02
329
Invoice
Transaction Set Control Number
M
Description: Identifying control number
that must be unique within the transaction
set functional group assigned by the
originator for a transaction set
User Note 1: The number is sequentially
assigned by the sender, starting with one
within each functional group. For each
functional group, the first transaction set
control number will be 0001 and incremented
by one for each additional transaction set
within the group.
Semantics:
1. The transaction set identifier (ST01) used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the
appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
BIG Beginning Segment for
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Invoice
Loop: N/A
Elements: 4
Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmit identifying numbers and dates
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BIG01
373
Date
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
DT
8/8
Must use
M
AN
1/22
Must use
O
DT
8/8
Used
O
AN
1/22
Used
Description: Date expressed as
CCYYMMDD
BIG02
76
Invoice Number
Description: Identifying number assigned
by issuer
BIG03
373
Date
CCYYMMDD
User Note 1: Purchasing Organization's
original purchase order date
BIG04
324
Purchase Order Number
Description: Identifying number for
Purchase Order assigned by the
orderer/purchaser
original purchase order number
Semantics:
1. BIG01 is the invoice issue date.
2. BIG03 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.
3. BIG10 indicates the consolidated invoice number. When BIG07 contains code CI, BIG10 is not used.
Comments:
1. BIG07 is used only to further define the type of invoice when needed.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
CUR Currency
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
User Option (Usage): Used
Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CUR01
98
Entity Identifier Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
ID
3/3
Must use
Description: Code identifying an
organizational entity, a physical location,
property or an individual
Code Name
BY
CUR02
100
Buying Party (Purchaser)
Currency Code
M
Description: Code (Standard ISO) for
country in whose currency the charges
are specified
User Note 1: CAD Canadian
USD United States
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
C0807 - If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required.
L101112 - If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required.
Comments:
1. See Figures Appendix for examples detailing the use of the CUR segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
REF Reference Identification
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify identifying information
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Description: Code qualifying the
Code Name
DP
IA
Department Number
Internal Vendor Number
User Note 1:
Identification number assigned to the Selling Organization, by the Purchasing Organization
for use within the Purchasing Organization's system
IT
Internal Customer Number
User Note 1:
Identification number assigned to the Purchasing Organization, by the Selling
Organization, for use within the Selling Organization's system
REF02
127
C
AN
1/30
Must use
Description: Reference information as
defined for a particular Transaction Set or
as specified by the Reference
Syntax Rules:
1. R0203 - At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Semantics:
1. REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
PER Administrative
Max: 3
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 6
Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PER01
366
Contact Function Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
Description: Code identifying the major
duty or responsibility of the person or
group named
Code Name
PER02
93
CR
Customer Relations
User Note 1:
Customer service representative
SR
Sales Representative or Department
Name
Description: Free-form name
PER03
365
Description: Code identifying the type of
communication number
Code Name
EM
TE
PER04
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
Communication Number
Description: Complete communications
number including country or area code
when applicable
PER05
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER06
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
C
when applicable
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Syntax Rules:
1. P0304 - If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 070
N1 Name
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
BO
Broker or Sales Office
User Note 1:
For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's sales office. For an import
purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.
BS
BT
RI
SF
ST
SU
Bill and Ship To
Bill-to-Party
Remit To
Ship From
Ship To
User Note 1:
Supplier may or may not be the manufacturer
VN
N102
93
Vendor
User Note 1:
Party supplying the products being maintained
Name
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
N103
66
Identification Code Qualifier
Description: Code designating the
system/method of code structure used for
Identification Code (67)
Code Name
9
UL
N104
July 2012
67
D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix
UCC/EAN Location Code
Description: Global Location Number (GLN) (Revised name)
A globally unique 13 digit code used for the identification of any physical or legal location
that needs to be uniquely identified for use in the supply chain. A GS1 identification key
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
[V004010-2012 FS]
AN
2/80
Used
9
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Description: Code identifying a party or
other code
Syntax Rules:
1. R0203 - At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
2. P0304 - If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
Comments:
1. This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To
obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction
processing party.
2. N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
N2 Additional Name Information
Pos: 080
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 090
N3 Address Information
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify the location of the named party
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
Description: Address information
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 100
N4 Geographic Location
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
Description: Free-form text for city name
N402
156
State or Province Code
Description: Code (Standard
State/Province) as defined by appropriate
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
Description: Code defining international
postal zone code excluding punctuation
and blanks (zip code for United States)
N404
26
Country Code
Description: Code identifying the country
User Note 1: CA Canada
MX Mexico
US United States
Syntax Rules:
1. C0605 - If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
Comments:
1. A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
2. N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms
of Sale
Pos: 130
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 8
Purpose: To specify terms of sale
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ITD01
336
Terms Type Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
2/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
O
R
1/6
Used
C
DT
8/8
Used
C
N0
1/3
Used
Description: Code identifying type of
payment terms
Code Name
05
08
09
14
ITD02
333
Discount Not Applicable
Basic Discount Offered
Proximo
Previously agreed upon
Terms Basis Date Code
O
Description: Code identifying the
Code Name
2
3
4
15
ITD03
338
Delivery Date
Invoice Date
Specified Date
Receipt of Goods
Terms Discount Percent
Description: Terms discount percentage,
expressed as a percent, available to the
purchaser if an invoice is paid on or
before the Terms Discount Due Date
User Note 1: The percent is sent with a
decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5%
is sent as ``10.5'', and 2% is sent as ``2''.
ITD04
370
Terms Discount Due Date
Description: Date payment is due if
discount is to be earned expressed in
format CCYYMMDD
ITD05
351
Terms Discount Days Due
Description: Number of days in the terms
discount period by which payment is due
if terms discount is earned
User Note 1: The end of the term period is
derived by adding this value to the beginning
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
of the term period, as qualified by ITD02.
ITD06
446
Terms Net Due Date
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
DT
8/8
Used
O
N0
1/3
Used
O
N2
1/10
Used
Description: Date when total invoice
amount becomes due expressed in format
CCYYMMDD
ITD07
386
Terms Net Days
Description: Number of days until total
invoice amount is due (discount not
applicable)
ITD08
362
Terms Discount Amount
Description: Total amount of terms
discount
Syntax Rules:
1. L03040513 - If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04, ITD05 or ITD13 is required.
3. L091011 - If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required.
Semantics:
1. ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment charge.
Comments:
1. If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or ITD11 is required; if the code
in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 140
DTM Date/Time Reference
Max: 10
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
DT
8/8
Must use
Description: Code specifying type of date
or time, or both date and time
Code Name
002
011
DTM02
373
Delivery Requested
Shipped
Date
C
CCYYMMDD
Syntax Rules:
1. R020305 - At least one of DTM02, DTM03 or DTM05 is required.
2. C0403 - If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required.
3. P0506 - If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions
Pos: 150
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 3
Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
FOB01
146
Shipment Method of Payment
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
1/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
Description: Code identifying payment
terms for transportation charges
Code Name
CC
PB
PP
FOB02
309
Collect
Customer Pick-up/Backhaul
Prepaid (by Seller)
Location Qualifier
C
location
Code Name
DE
OR
FOB03
352
Destination (Shipping)
Origin (Shipping Point)
Description
O
Description: A free-form description to
clarify the related data elements and their
content
User Note 1: Free-form name of
transportation responsibility location
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C0302 - If FOB03 is
C0405 - If FOB04 is
C0706 - If FOB07 is
C0809 - If FOB08 is
present, then FOB02 is required.
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier.
FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location.
FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location.
FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may be different than the
location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice)
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: IT1
Elements: 5
Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related transactions
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
IT102
358
Quantity Invoiced
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
R
1/10
Must use
C
ID
2/2
Must use
C
R
1/17
Must use
C
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Number of units invoiced
(supplier units)
IT103
355
Unit or Basis for Measurement Code
Description: Code specifying the units in
which a value is being expressed, or
manner in which a measurement has
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
IT104
212
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Unit Price
Description: Price per unit of product,
service, commodity, etc.
User Note 1: The price is sent with a
decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95
would be sent as ``15.95'', and $29.00 would
be sent as ``29''.
To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0)
with code NC as the value in IT105.
IT106
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
type/source of the descriptive number
used in Product/Service ID (234)
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
UK
IT107
234
U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)
Description: GTIN-14
A 14-digit GS1 Identification Key composed of an Indicator Digit, GS1 Company Prefix, Item
Reference and Check Digit used to identify trade items
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
Product/Service ID
C
AN
1/48
Used
Description: Identifying number for a
product or service
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
P020304 - If either IT102, IT103 or IT104 are present, then the others are required.
P0607 - If either IT106 or IT107 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. IT101 is the purchase order line item identification.
Comments:
1. Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or services. See the Data
Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.
2. IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color,
Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
CTP Pricing Information
Max: 25
Detail - Optional
Loop: IT1
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify pricing information
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTP02
236
Price Identifier Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
3/3
Must use
R
1/17
Must use
Description: Code identifying pricing
specification
Code Name
UCP
CTP03
212
Unit cost price
User Note 1:
Item list cost
Unit Price
C
be sent as ``29''.
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
P0405 - If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required.
C0607 - If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required.
Semantics:
1. CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90 would be the factor if a 10%
discount is given.
2. CTP08 is the rebate amount.
Comments:
1. See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04.
2. See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and CTP07.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
PID Product/Item Description
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PID
Elements: 3
Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID01
349
Item Description Type
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
Description: Code indicating the format
of a description
Code Name
F
PID02
750
Free-form
User Note 1:
The description will be found in PID05.
Product/Process Characteristic Code
O
Description: Code identifying the general
class of a product or process
characteristic
Code Name
08
PID05
352
Product
Description
C
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C0403 - If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.
R0405 - At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.
Semantics:
1. Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to.
2. PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.
3. PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the
specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.
4. PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05.
Comments:
1. If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then
both PID04 and PID05 are used.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
2. Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.
3. PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 100
PO4 Item Physical Details
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: IT1
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO401
356
Pack
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
C
R
1/8
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
N0
1/6
Used
Description: The number of inner
containers, or number of eaches if there
are no inner containers, per outer
container
PO402
357
Size
Description: Size of supplier units in
pack
PO403
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
PO414
810
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Inner Pack
O
Description: The number of eaches per
inner container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
P0203 - If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required.
C0506 - If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
GS1 Canada
L13101112 - If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410, PO411 or PO412 is required.
Semantics:
1. PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages within the layers of
packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.
2. PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.
3. PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers.
4. PO418 is the number of packages in this layer.
Comments:
1. PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for purposes of defining the pack
(PO401) /size (PO402) measure which indicates the quantity in the inner pack unit. For example: If the carton
contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element
357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
2. PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412.
User Note 1:
This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There may be two levels of packaging
specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units,
or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the
number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case.
This segment can be used also to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or
PO408 and PO409.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 180
SAC Service, Promotion,
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 15
Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount or percentage for
the service, promotion, allowance, or charge
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Allowance or Charge Indicator
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Code which indicates an
allowance or charge for the service
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
No Allowance or Charge
Allowance Request
Service, Promotion, Allowance, or
Charge Code
C
Description: Code identifying the service,
promotion, allowance, or charge
User Note 1: See Foodservice
Implementation Guidelines Appendix - Data
Elements
Code Name
D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance
D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge
User Note 1:
Provincal Tobacco Tax.
H490 Subject To Tax On Resale
H770 Tax - State Tax
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
Provincial Tax Credit.
SAC03
559
Agency Qualifier Code
C
Description: Code identifying the agency
assigning the code values
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
25
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI
Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance,
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
Description: Agency maintained code
identifying the service, promotion,
allowance, or charge
Elements
SAC05
610
Amount
Description: Monetary amount
User Note 1: When SAC01 contains code A
or code C, then this data element is required.
This will resolve any differences between the
sender's and receiver's system calculations of
amounts, i.e., rounding errors when
allowances or charges are expressed in
percentages or rates.
SAC06
378
Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier
Description: Code indicating on what
basis allowance or charge percent is
calculated
Code Name
SAC07
332
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
All allowances are off the gross price including cash discount.
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts are off the net.
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount
User Note 1:
Declining balance method
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
Description: Percent expressed as a
percent
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
26
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC08
118
Rate
GS1 Canada
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
R
1/9
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Rate expressed in the
standard monetary denomination for the
currency specified
SAC09
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
Description: Numeric value of quantity
SAC12
331
Allowance or Charge Method of
Handling Code
Description: Code indicating method of
handling for an allowance or charge
Code Name
01
Bill Back
User Note 1:
The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit
memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the total transaction amount, e.g.,
Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.
03
Vendor Check to Customer
User Note 1:
The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer of the retailer, or end consumer, for
the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
04
July 2012
Credit Customer Account
[V004010-2012 FS]
27
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
User Note 1:
The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of the allowance or charge. The
amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.
05
Charge to be Paid by Vendor
User Note 1:
The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge amount. The exact method of
adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected
in the total invoice amount.
06
SAC13
127
Charge to be Paid by Customer
User Note 1:
When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or end consumer of the retailer, the
allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is
not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the
responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the
trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amou
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
User Note 1: Used for tax registration
number.
SAC14
770
Option Number
Description: A unique number identifying
available promotion or allowance options
when more than one is offered
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
language used in text, from a standard
code list maintained by the International
Standards Organization (ISO 639)
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
R0203 - At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required.
P0304 - If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.
C1110 - If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required.
L130204 - If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
28
Guidelines for EDI
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
GS1 Canada
If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.
SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit.
SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase
order or invoice quantity.
SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable
to service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by
the code used.
SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more than one option of the
promotion.
SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments:
1. SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be
used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.
2. In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the actual dollar amount that a
particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly
referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" Dollars in SAC09.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
29
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
TDS Total Monetary Value
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Summary
Loop: N/A
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify the total invoice discounts and amounts
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TDS01
610
Amount
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N2
1/15
Must use
O
N2
1/15
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
TDS02
610
Amount
TDS03
610
Amount
TDS04
610
Amount
Semantics:
1. TDS01 is the total amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before terms discount (if discount is
applicable).
2. TDS02 indicates the amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated.
3. TDS03 is the amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice or installment amount
less cash discount).
4. TDS04 indicates the total amount of terms discount.
Comments:
1. TDS02 is required if the dollar value subject to discount is not equal to the dollar value of TDS01.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
30
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 15
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Elements
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
31
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
SAC07
332
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
7
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
O
R
1/9
Used
percent
SAC08
118
Rate
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
32
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
currency specified
SAC09
355
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
Bill Back
User Note 1:
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
July 2012
User Note 1:
[V004010-2012 FS]
33
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
SAC13
127
05
User Note 1:
06
User Note 1:
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
User Note 1: Used for tax registration.
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Semantics:
1. If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2. SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
3. If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
34
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
4. SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit.
5. SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase
6. SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable
7. SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by
the code used.
8. SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more than one option of the
promotion.
9. SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
35
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
ISS Invoice Shipment Summary
Pos: 060
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: ISS
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and volume
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ISS01
382
Number of Units Shipped
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
R
1/10
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/10
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Numeric value of units
shipped in manufacturer's shipping units
for a line item or transaction set
ISS02
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
ISS03
81
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Weight
Description: Numeric value of weight
ISS04
355
been taken
User Note 1: See Section III for code list.
Code Name
KG
LB
Kilogram
Pound
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
36
Guidelines for EDI
1.
2.
3.
4.
GS1 Canada
R010305 - At least one of ISS01, ISS03 or ISS05 is required.
P0102 - If either ISS01 or ISS02 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. ISS07 is the quantity of third party pallets.
2. ISS08 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
37
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 070
CTT Transaction Totals
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 1
Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTT01
354
Number of Line Items
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/6
Must use
Description: Total number of line items in
the transaction set
User Note 1: The number of IT1 segments
present in the transaction set
Syntax Rules:
1. P0304 - If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required.
Comments:
1. This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness and correctness.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
38
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 080
SE Transaction Set Trailer
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted segments (including the
beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Number of Included Segments
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
Description: Total number of segments
included in a transaction set including ST
and SE segments
SE02
329
User Note 1: This must be the same number
as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the
transaction set.
Comments:
1. SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
39
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
A380
A390
A400
A410
A420
A430
A440
A445
A450
A460
A470
A480
A485
A490
A500
A510
A520
A530
A540
A550
A555
A560
A570
A580
A590
A600
A610
A620
A630
A640
A650
A658
A660
A670
A680
A690
A691
A700
A710
A720
A721
A730
A740
A750
A760
A770
A780
Name
Allowance Advance
Allowance for Consignment Merchandise
Allowance Non-performance
"Alterations"
Amending Export Documentation
Anneal/Heat (Steel or Glass Treatment)
Anodizing Charge
Anti-dumping Duty
Appointment (Notification)
Arbitrary (In Addition to Through Rates and Charges)
Art Work
Assembly
Assist Amount
Attachments to Bill of Lading Charge
Bad Debt
Banking Drafts
Base Charge
Basic Reorder Allowance
Beaming Charge
Bedding/Feeding/Disinfecting
Beef Fee
Beyond Charge
Beyond Freight Charges
Bill and Hold
Bill of Lading Attendancy
Bill of Lading Charge
Billed Demand
Black Lung Tax
Blocking and Bracing Charge
Blower Charge
Bobtail Charges
Bond Amount
Bond Charge
Bordeaux Arbitraries
Both-Flat
Break Bulk Surface Charge
Breakbulk Services
Bridge Toll
Broken Lot
Broken Package Charge
Brokerage
Brokerage or Duty
Bunker Surcharge
Burning
Buyer Hand Carry
Buyers Car Allowance
Cable Pressurization
Page 59 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
A790
A800
A810
A820
A830
A840
A850
A860
A870
A880
A890
A900
A910
A920
A930
A940
A950
A960
A970
A980
A990
ADOW
ADRW
AFEE
ALPT
B000
B010
B015
B020
B030
B040
B050
B060
B070
B080
B090
B091
B100
B110
B120
B130
B140
B150
B160
Name
Cables (sending of)
Call Tag
Camp Arbitrary
Canada Great Lakes Additionals
Canadian C.Q.Customs Clearance
Canadian Currency Exchange
Canadian Import Termination Fee
Canadian Reconsignment Fee
Canadian Remanifest Fee
Cancellation Charge
Cancelled Order, Heavy Duty Flatcar
Capping
Car Loading
Car Rental
Carrier Credit Allowance
Carrier Debit Allowance
Carrier Notification Charge
Carrier
Cartage Charge
Cartage
Cataloging Services
Payroll Additives, Overtime Labor
Payroll Additives, Straight Time Labor
Fee
Description: Percentage or fixed fee an organization charges
for services
Port Changes
Central Buy
Cents Off
Bop Sheet
Description: A cardboard pallet
Certificate of Conformance
Certificate of Origin
Certificate of Registration
Certification
Chain and Binders
Chamber of Commerce Service Charge
Change of Airbill - Service Fee
Charges Forward/Advance Charge
Charter Services
Chassis Transfer
Chemical Milling Charge
Chicago Loop Charge
Cigarette Stamping
City Delivery
City maintenance fee
City Pickup
Page 60 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
B170
B180
B190
B200
B210
B220
B230
B240
B250
B260
B270
B280
B290
B300
B310
B320
B330
B340
B350
B360
B370
B380
B390
B400
B500
B510
B520
B530
B540
B550
B551
B555
B560
B570
B580
B581
B590
B600
B610
B620
B630
B650
B660
B670
B680
B690
B700
Name
City Terminal Charge
Cleaning Charge
Closing & Sealing
Co-manufacturing Discount
Co-op Credit
Coating (Dip, Rustproof, EDP)
COD Amount
COD Charges
Collect on Delivery Alteration Charge
Collect on Delivery Deletion Charge
Collect Surcharge
Combination Performance and Non-performance
Combination
Combine All Same Day Shipment
Commission Amount
Competitive Allowance
Competitive Car Allowance
Competitive Price
Compressor Charge
Concession Credit
Concession Money
Congestion Surcharge
Connect Charge
Conservation research fee
Consignee Unload
Consolidation
Constant Surveillance Service - Armed
Constant Surveillance Service
Consular Legalization Service
Consularization Fee
Consulting Service
Consumer Service Provider Charge
Container Allowance
Container Deposits
Container Destuffing
Container Discount
Container Leasing
Container Service Charge UK/EUR
Container Service Charge USA/Canada
Container Stuffing
Container/Trailer Allowance
Continuous Mileage
Contract Allowance
Contract Escalation
Contract Service Charge
Controlled Atmosphere
Converting
Page 61 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
B720
B730
B740
B742
B750
B760
B770
B775
B780
B785
B787
B790
B791
B800
B801
B802
B803
B804
B810
B820
B830
B840
B850
B860
B870
B872
B880
B881
B890
B900
B910
B911
B920
B930
B940
B950
B960
B970
B980
B990
B992
B994
B996
B998
BU2T
BU4T
Name
Cooperative Advertising/Merchandising Allowance
(Performance)
Copy of Bill of Lading Charge
Copy of Delivery Receipt Charge
Copying
Core Charge
Cost Recovery Factor
Cost recovery/adjustment
Cotton Fee
Count and Recount
Coupon Reimbursement
Countervailing Duty
Crafting
Crating
Credit
Credit Card Processing Fee
Credit Card Processing Fee - Automated Dial-up Line
Credit Card Processing Fee - Leased Line
Credit Card Processing Fee - Fleet Cards
Currency Adjustment Factor
Currency Adjustment
Currency Discount
Customer Account Identification
Customer Equipment Allowance
Customs Broker Fee
Customs Charge
Customs Duty
Customs Entry
Customs Exam
Customs Formalities
Customs Invoice - Additional Page
Customs Invoice
Customs Penalty
Cut and Parallel
Cut
Cutting Charge
Damaged Merchandise
Data/Drawing Charge
De-Installation
Deadhead Mileage Charge
Deaf and Disabled Surcharge
Declared Value for Carriage
Declared Value for Customs
Declared Value for Insurance
Deduct to Make Market Value
Bunker Adjustment - 20 Foot Container
Bunker Adjustment - 40 Foot Container
Page 62 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
BUAT
BURD
C000
C010
C020
C030
C040
C050
C060
C070
C080
C090
C100
C110
C120
C130
C140
C150
C160
C170
C180
C190
C200
C210
C220
C230
C231
C240
C250
C260
C270
C280
C290
C300
C310
C320
C330
C340
C350
C360
C370
C380
C390
C400
C401
C402
C410
Name
Bunker Adjustment
Burden, Overhead, or Allowance for Indirect Costs
Defective Allowance
Deficit Freight
Delay Furnishing Destination Weights
Delivery Surcharge
Delivery
Demand charge
Demurrage - Average Agreement
Demurrage - Special
Demurrage
Deposit Charges
Deposit in Lieu of Order
Deposit
Deramping
Derrick Charge
Designated Supplier Inspection
Destination Charge
Detention - Special Type Flat Car
Detention Loading
Detention of Power Units
Detention of Trailers
Detention Unloading
Determined Freight
Development Charge
Die Service Charge
Disbursement
Disconnect Charge
Discount - Drop Box/Convenience Ctr.
Discount - Incentive
Discount - Multiple Shipment
Discount - Service Option (Delivery)
Discount - Service Option (Pickup)
Discount - Special
Discount
Display Allowance
Distribution Fee
Distribution Service
Distributor Discount/Allowance
Diversion and Reconsignment
Diversion Charge
Diversion to Air Charge
Dockage - Boat Detention
Documentation Charge
Document Handling
Door-to-Door
Dowel Pin Charge
Page 63 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
C420
C430
C440
C450
C460
C470
C480
C490
C500
C510
C520
C530
C531
C540
C550
C560
C570
C580
C590
C600
C610
C630
C640
C650
C660
C670
C675
C680
C690
C700
C710
C720
C730
C740
C750
C760
C770
C780
C790
C800
C810
C820
C830
C840
C850
C860
C870
Name
Drayage
Drayage/Line Haul
Driver Assisted Unloading
Driver's Wages
Drop Dock
Drop Yard
Drum Cost
Drum Deposit
Drum Up Charge
Dry Ice
Dryer Charge
Duty Charge
Duty Drawback
Early Buy Allowance
Early Payment Allowance
Early Ship Allowance
Emergency Port Charge
Emergency Service
Emergency Surcharge
Empty Weighing Charge
Enclosure
Endorsement Fee
Energy charge
Energy Surcharge (Fuel Adjustment Factor)
Engineering Charge
Engraving
Entered Value
Environmental Protection Service
Escalation
Escort Service
Eur1 Presentation Fee
European Port Charges
Excess Mileage Charge
Excess Periods
Excess Value Fee
Excess Weight
Excessive Value Charge
Exchange Access Credit
Exclusive Use Of Equipment
Exclusive Use
Exhibition Delivery Charge
Exhibition Pickup Charge
Expanded Service
Expedited One Day Consular Service
Expedited Service Charge
Expedited Shipments
Expediting Fee
Page 64 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
C880
C890
C900
C910
C920
C930
C940
C950
C960
C970
C980
C990
CA2T
CA4T
CFCT
CFLT
CGTT
CLDT
COMM
CONC
CRLT
CUFT
D000
D010
D015
D020
D025
D030
D040
D050
D060
D070
D080
D100
D101
D103
D110
D120
D130
D140
D141
D142
D143
D144
Name
Expediting Premium
Export Customs Clearance
Export Declarations - Automated
Export Declarations - U.S. Shippers
Export License Application
Export Shipping Charge
Export/Import Charge
Extra Copies and Mailings
Extra Labor (Helper Service)
Extra Length
Extra Service - Counter-to-Counter
Fabrication Charge
Currency Adjustment - 20 Foot Container
Currency Adjustment - 40 Foot Container
Customs Fees - Container Level
Customs Fees - Lift Level
Cargo Taxes
Container Loss/Damage
Communications Charges
Container Charge
Container Lease
Currency Adjustment - Break Bulk
Facsimile Charges - Additional Pages
Facsimile Charges
Dunnage
Description: Loose materials used around a cargo to prevent
damage or padding in a shipping container to protect
contents against breakage
Failed Lamp Panel Charge
Fax Pre-alert
Federal Transfer Surcharge
Finance Charge
First Article Charge
First Flight Out
Flat Rate
Floor Stock Protection
Food and Lodging
Foreign Office Advance
Foreign Customs Duty
Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Rental
Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Special Charge
Forwarding Agent Commission
Forwarding Charge
Forward Coupons
Capture Additional Data
Provide Name and Address
Provide Household Identifier
Page 65 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
D150
D160
D170
D180
D190
D200
D210
D220
D230
D240
D242
D244
D246
D250
D260
D270
D280
D290
D292
D300
D301
D310
D320
D330
D340
D350
D360
D370
D380
D390
D400
D410
D420
D430
D440
D450
D460
D470
D480
D490
D500
D501
D502
Name
Franchise fee
Free Domicile Shipment Processing
Free Goods
Freight Based on Dollar Minimum
Freight Charges to Border
Freight Charges to Destination
Freight Equalization
Freight Passthrough
Freight Surcharge
Freight
Freight, International
Freight, International, U.S. Dollars
Freight, International, Non-U.S. Dollars
Freshness/Leaker Allowance
Fuel Charge
Fuel Surcharge
Full Service
Full Truckload Allowance
Fumigation
Garment District
Gateway Fee
Gas Pressure
Glaze
Gold Factor
Goods and Services Charge
Goods and Services Credit Allowance
Goods and Services Tax Charge
Government Inspection
Government Warehouse Fee - Destination
Government Warehouse Fee - Origin
Grain Doors
Grain Flow Charge
Grinding
Gross Receipts Surcharge
Groupage Discount
Grouped Items
Description: Indicates the pricing for this line is related to
the pricing of some other item either in this transaction or
some prior transaction(s)
Guaranteed Inspection Technical Service
Gulf Port Delivery Charge
Handling Charges on Distribution Freight Forwarded Beyond
Handling Freight At Positions Not Immediately Adjacent To
Vehicle Charge
Handling
Harbor Maintenance Report
Harbor Maintenance Fee
Page 66 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
D510
D520
D530
D540
D550
D560
D570
D580
D590
D600
D610
D620
D630
D640
D650
D655
D660
D670
D680
D690
D700
D701
D710
D711
D720
D730
D740
D750
D760
D770
D780
D790
D800
D810
D820
D830
D840
D850
D870
D880
D890
D900
D910
D920
D930
D940
D950
Name
Hauling and Hoisting to be Direct Billed
Hauling and Hoisting
Hazardous Cargo Charge
Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - Domestic
Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - International
Hazardous Storage
Heat in Transit Charges
Heat Treat Charge
Heavy Duty Flat Car Charge
Heavy Lift
High Security Red In-bond Seal Charge
Highway Interchange
Hointins and Hauling
Holding Charge
Home Line Freight Charge
Honey Fee
Hook-up charge
Hose Charge Special
Hose Charge
Household Goods Pickup or Delivery
IATA Airbill Preparation
International Air Transport Association (IATA) Commission
IATA Fee
International Air Transport Association (IATA) Markup
Identification
Import Service Fee
In Transit Price Protection
Inbound Freight Charges
Income Freight (Manufacturing to Shipping Point)
Incorrect Billing Account Charge
Industry Price Allowance
Initial License Fee
Inland Transportation
Inside Cable Connectors
Inside Delivery
Inside Pickup
Inspect at Destination
Inspect at Origin
Inspection
Installation & Warranty
Installation and Training
Installation
Insulated Tank Charge
Insurance Fee
Insurance Placement Cost Charge
Insurance Premium
Insurance Provided by Lessee
Page 67 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
D960
D970
D980
D990
D995
DCET
DCVT
DDZT
DEZT
DFDT
DGET
DOVT
DPDT
DPET
E000
E010
E020
E022
E030
E040
E050
E060
E063
E065
E067
E068
E069
E070
E080
E090
E100
E110
E120
E130
E140
E150
E160
E170
E180
E190
E191
E192
E193
E200
E210
E220
E230
Name
Insurance Provided by Lessor
Insurance Surcharge
Insurance
Interdivision Profit
Interest Amount
Damage to Carrier Equipment
Damage to Carrier Vessel
Drayage at Port of Debarkation (Rate Zone)
Drayage at Port of Embarkation (Rate Zone)
Keep From Freezing Percent Differential
Damage to Government Equipment
Container Diversion
Drayage at Port of Debarkation
Drayage at Port of Embarkation
Interest on refund
Interest on Security Deposit
Interim Use Permitted at Special Rate
International Courier
International Door-to-Door Handling Fee
Interplant Charge
Interstate/Highway Toll
Intra-plant Charge
Invoice Additional Amount
Invoice Adjustment
Invoice At-Cost Amount
Invoice Delivery Terms Amount
Invoice No-Charge Amount
Invoice Services
Invoice with Goods
Irish Arbitraries
Island Delivery Charge
Island Pickup Charge
Italian Release Charge
Item Percentage
Item-Unit
Koshering
Label Allowance
Labeling
Labor (Repair and Return Orders)
Labor Charges
Labor, Straight-time
Labor, Overtime
Labor, Premium Overtime
Labor Cost of Removal
Labor Service
Labor, Modify
Labor, No Trouble Found
Page 68 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
E240
E250
E260
E270
E280
E290
E300
E310
E320
E330
E340
E350
E360
E370
E380
E381
E382
E384
E386
E388
E389
E390
E400
E410
E420
E430
E440
E450
E460
E470
E480
E485
E490
E500
E510
E520
E530
E540
E550
E560
E565
E570
E580
E585
E590
E600
Name
Labor, Test and Calibrate
Lading Adjustment Charge
Lashing
Late Order Charge
Late Payment Charge
Layout/Design
Layover Charges
Lead Factor
Leaking Underground Storage Tax (LUST)
Lease Shortfall Consideration
Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge
Letter of Credit Processing
License and Title
Lifeline Surcharge
Lift Gate (Truck) or Forklift Service at Pickup/Delivery
Lime Fee
Liquidation Anti-Dumping Duty
Liquidation Countervailing Duty
Liquidation Tax Amount
Liquidation Total Due U.S. Customs and Border Protection
(CBP)
Liquidation Total Fees
Load Weighing Charge
Loading (Labor Charges)
Loading
Loan Fee
Local Delivery/Drayage
Locomotive Delayed in Switching Service
Locomotive Under Own Power
Lot Charge
Lump Sum
Machining Charge
Mail Fee
Mail Invoice to Each Location
Mail Invoice
Mailing - Postage Cost
Mailing - Service Fee
Manifest Charge
Manufacturing
Market Development Funds
Marking or Tagging Charge
Markdown Allowance
Marriage Rule
Memo Returnable Container
Merchandise Processing Fee
Message Charge
Message Rate Adjustment
Page 69 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
E610
E620
E630
E640
E650
E660
E670
E680
E690
E695
E700
E710
E720
E730
E740
E750
E760
E770
E780
E790
E800
E805
E810
E820
E830
E840
E850
E860
E870
E880
E890
E900
E910
E920
E930
E940
E950
E960
E970
E980
E990
ENGA
EXLT
F000
F010
F020
F030
Name
Messenger Service
Metals Surcharge
Meter Charge
Mileage Fee (For Repair and Return)
Mileage or Travel
Monthly Rental
Mount/Demount
Mounting
Municipal Surcharge
Mushroom Fee
N.H.D. Wharfage
New Discount
New Distribution Allowance
New Item Allowance
New Store Allowance
New Store Discount
New Warehouse Discount
New Warehouse
New York Delivery Charge
New York Pickup Charge
No Return Credit Allowance
Non-Dutiable Charges
Non Generated Freight
Non-returnable Containers
Normal Pump Charge
Notarized Affidavit
Notify Consignee Before Delivery
Notify Consignee
Nozzle Charge
Ocean Charges - Hazardous
Ocean Freight
Offshore - Alaska/Hawaii
On Carriage
On Hand Service
One - Day Service
One Time Engineering Charge
One-Time License Fee
One-Time-Only Charge
Onetime Tooling
Operator Credit
Option Charge (Color Fabric Office Furniture)
Engineering Supplies
Extra Length Surcharge
Optional Charge
Optional Software Support for Operational Support Systems
Optional Software Support for Switching Systems
Order Notify Charge
Page 70 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
F040
F050
F060
F061
F062
F063
F065
F067
F070
F080
F090
F100
F110
F120
F130
F140
F150
F155
F160
F170
F180
F190
F200
F210
F220
F225
F230
F240
F250
F260
F270
F271
F272
F280
F290
F300
F310
F320
F330
F340
F350
F360
F370
F380
F390
F400
F401
Name
Order-Flat
Other (See related description)
Other Accessorial Service Charge
Other Advances
Other Export Charges
Other Government Agency Declaration
Other Government Agency Exam
Other Import Charge
Out of Route Miles
Out of Zone Pickup or Delivery
Outside Cable Connectors
Over Dimension
Overrun Charge
Oversized Premium
Overtime Loading
Pack Invoice with Shipment
Packaging Service
Packaging
Painting (Primer or Finish)
Pallet Exchange Charge
Pallet
Palletizing
Paralleling
Parish/County Sales Tax (only)
Passing Shippers Export Entry
Pecan Fee
Penalty Charge
Per Item Charge
Per Order Charge
Per Pound Charge
Percent of Product
Percent of Shipped Quantity that is Returnable
Percent of Shipment Value that is Returnable
Performance Allowance
Performance Award
Permit Charge
Permits Bonds Escort Attendant
Phosphatizing (Steel Treatment)
Pickup and Delivery
Pick/Up
Pickle and Oil
Pickup - Out of Area
Pickup Surcharge
Pier Charges - Wharfage
Pier Charges Other Than Wharfage
Pier Pickup and/or Delivery
Pier Unloading
Page 71 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
F410
F420
F430
F440
F445
F450
F460
F465
F470
F480
F490
F500
F510
F520
F530
F540
F550
F560
F570
F580
F590
F600
F610
F620
F630
F640
F650
F660
F670
F680
F690
F700
F710
F720
F730
F740
F750
F760
F765
F770
F780
F790
F800
F810
F820
F830
F840
Name
Pilot Inspection
Placement and/or Removal Charge
Plating
Pole, Wood-service Charge
Pork Fee
Positioning at Origin
Postage
Potato Fee
Power Factor Adjustment
Pre-carriage Excess
Pre-carriage
Pre-Positioned Inventory Service
Precious Metal Content
Preloading Charge
Prelodge Charge
Premise Use
Premium Charge
Premium Transportation
Prepaid Usage Allowance
Preparation and Delivery
Preparation of Air Waybill - Origin
Preparation of Canadian Customs Invoice
Preparation of Commercial Invoice
Preparation of Export Entry
Preparation of Insurance Certificate
Preparation of U.S. Export Documentation
Preparation
Previous Billing
Price and Marketing Allowance
Price Deviation
Prior Balance
Prior Billing Amount
Prior Delivery Of Bill Charge
Prior Month Credit
Priority Service
Process in Transit Privilege
Processing Charge
Processing
Procurement Charge
Professional Fees
Proforma Invoice
Progress Payment Requirement
Promotional Allowance
Promotional Discount
Proof & Composition
Proof of Delivery
Protective Service - Cold
Page 72 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
F850
F860
F870
F880
F890
F900
F910
F920
F930
F940
F950
F955
F960
F970
F980
F990
F991
FAKT
FLST
G000
G010
G020
G025
G030
G040
G050
G060
G070
G080
G090
G100
G110
G120
G130
G140
G150
G160
G170
G180
G190
G200
G210
G220
G230
G240
G250
G260
Name
Protective Service - Heat
Protective Service Charge
Pulling Eyes
Pump Air Charge
Pump Charge
Purchase Option
Quantity Discount
Quantity Surcharge
Equipment Manufacturer Restoration Audit
Ramping
Rate Code
Rate Reduction Bond
Re-Bill Charge
Rebate
Rebilled Drayage - Destination
Rebilled Drayage - Origin
Receiving
Barge Freight All Kinds Service
Flatrack Surcharge
Recipient Address Correction
Reclamation, Federal
Reclamation, State
Reconciliation
Reconnect charge
Reconsign Consignee Charge
Reconsign Delivery Charge
Reconsignment Charge
Recoopering (at Owner's or Shipper's Expense)
Record/Filing
Recovery Fee
Recovery
Recrating/Recoopering - Destination
Recrating/Recoopering - Origin
Recurring Hardware Maintenance Charge
Recurring License Fee
Recurring Software Maintenance Charge
Redelivery
Redistribution Allowance
Reduction Prepalletized Cargo
Reel Cable
Reel Deposit
Reel
Refrigeration
Refrigeration/Mechanical Detention
Refund
Refurbishing Charge
Regain
Page 73 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
G270
G280
G290
G300
G310
G320
G322
G324
G326
G328
G329
G330
G340
G350
G360
G370
G380
G390
G400
G410
G420
G430
G440
G450
G460
G470
G480
G490
G500
G510
G520
G530
G540
G550
G560
G570
G580
G590
G600
G610
G620
G630
G640
G650
G660
G670
Name
Registration of Export for Reentry
Registration of Export Shipments
Regulatory Fee
Regulatory required refund
Reliability Charge
Relinquishment Charge
Reliquidation Anti-Dumping Duty
Reliquidation Countervailing Duty
Reliquidation Tax Amount
Reliquidation Total Due U.S. Customs and Border Protection
(CBP)
Reliquidation Total Fees
Rental Charge
Rental Deduction
Rents and Leases
Repack Charge
Repair at Buyers Expense Charge
Repair at Customer Expense Charge
Repair at Government Expense Charge
Repair
Repickup
Request Via Canada
Research & Development Fee
Resellers Discount
Residential Delivery
Residential Pickup
Restocking Charge
Restricted Article Fee
Retainer
Return Cargo Charge
Returnable Container
Returned Load
Rework
Riding Attendant Charge
Rocky Mountain Bureau 583 Item 1100 Arbitrary Charge
Roll Out Adjustment
Roll Rebate
Royalties
Salvage
Same - Day Service
Saturday Delivery
Saturday Pickup or Delivery Charge
Saturday Pickup
Scale Charge Unloading
Scale Charge
Scrap Allowance
Security Signature Service
Page 74 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
G680
G690
G700
G710
G720
G730
G740
G750
G760
G770
G775
G780
G790
G800
G810
G820
G821
G830
G840
G850
G860
G870
G880
G890
G900
G910
G920
G930
G940
G950
G960
G970
G980
G990
GMST
H000
H010
H020
H030
H040
H050
H060
H070
H080
H090
H100
H110
Name
Segregating (Sorting)
Select Charge
Self Unloader
Seller Hand Carry
Service Assistance Program Surcharge
Service Charge (with Cash Discount)
Service Charge
Service Upgrade
Set-up
Shearing
Sheep Fee
Ship to Stock Quality Audit
Shipper Load and Count
Shipper Load Carrier Count
Shipper Load Consignee Unload
Shipper Load
Shipping
Shipping and Handling
Shipside Pickup
Shotblasting
Shrink Allowance
Shrink-Wrap Charge
Shrinkage Allowance
Single Invoice Allowance
Single Pickup
Single Shipment Fee
Sleeving
Slip Sheet Unloading Allowance
Slip Sheet, Rail
Slip Sheet, Truck
Slotting Allowance
Small Order Charge
Software Support Service
Source Inspection
Garment Surcharge
Special Allowance
Special Buy
Special Circus Trains
Special Credit
Special Delivery
Special Detention Charge
Special Equipment Charge
Special Finish Charge
Special Freight Supplements
Special Handling
Special Mileage Movements
Special Packaging
Page 75 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
H120
H130
H140
H150
H151
H160
H170
H180
H190
H200
H210
H215
H220
H230
H240
H250
H260
H270
H280
H290
H300
H310
H320
H330
H340
H350
H360
H370
H380
H390
H400
H410
H420
H430
H440
H450
H460
H470
H480
H490
H500
H505
H507
H510
H520
H530
H535
Name
Special Permits
Special Pickup
Special Pump Charge
Special Seal Charge
Special Services
Special Test Equipment Charge
Special Tooling Charge
Special Tooling rework charge
Special Train Movement
Special Use
Special Vehicle Rent
Specific Duty
Specification Review
Split Delivery
Split Pickup at Pier Charge
Split Pickup
Spool Charge
Spotting of Trailer
Spreader Charge
Stamp Fee
Stamping
Standby Charge
State Motor Fuel
State Sales Charge
State Surcharge
State/Metropolitan Transit Authority Surcharge
Steaming Charge
Stenciling Charge
Stop-off at Pier Charge
Stop-off Charge
Stopcharge
Stopping in Transit
Storage in Transit
Storage
Straightening Charge
Strapping
Street lamps charge
Stripping, Sorting, and Consolidation
Subject to Cooperative Advertising Allowance
Subject To Tax On Resale
Sufferance Warehouse Charge (Export or Import)
Sugar Fee
Sum of Adds and Deducts to Make Market Value
Sunday or Holiday Pickup or Delivery
Super Bag Charge
Supervisor Charge
Supplemental Duty
Page 76 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
H540
H550
H551
H560
H570
H580
H590
H600
H605
H610
H620
H625
H630
H640
H650
H660
H670
H680
H690
H700
H710
H720
H730
H740
H750
H760
H770
H780
H790
H800
H806
H810
H820
H830
H840
H850
H855
H860
H870
H880
H890
H900
H910
H920
H930
Name
Supplemental Items
Surcharge
Surety Bond
Swell
Switch Charge
Switching Charge
Tank Car Allowance
Tank Rental
Tarping
Tax - Airport Tax, Destination
Tax - Airport Tax, Origin
Tax - Beverage Tax
Tax - City Sales Tax (Only)
Tax - Excise Tax - Destination
Tax - Excise Tax - Origin
Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET
Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET, on Tires
Tax - Governmental
Tax - Handling Charge Tax
Tax - Local Tax
Tax - Metropolitan Transit Tax
Tax - Regulatory Tax
Tax - Local Sales Tax
Description: All applicable sales taxes by taxing authorities
below the State level
Tax - Sales and Use
Tax - Sales Tax (State and Local)
Tax - State Hazardous Substance
Tax - State Tax
Tax - Super Fund Excise Tax
Tax - Use Tax
Tax - Value Added Tax (VAT)
Tax Credit
Tax Liability - Amortized
Tax Liability - One Time
Tax on Miscellaneous Charges
Tax on Transportation
Tax
Tea Fee
Technology Exchange
Telegram Chargeback
Telephone - Destination
Telephone - Origin
Telephone Charge
Temperature Protection
Temporary Allowance
Temporary Voluntary Allowance
Page 77 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
H935
H940
H950
H960
H970
H980
H990
HZDT
I000
I010
I020
I030
I040
I050
I060
I070
I080
I090
I100
I110
I120
I130
I131
I132
I133
I134
I136
I138
I140
I150
I160
I170
I180
I190
I200
I210
I220
I230
I235
I240
I250
I260
I270
I280
I290
I300
I310
Name
Tendered as Truckload
Terminal Charge
Terminal Differential
Terminal Service Fee
Terms Allowance
Test/Qualification Charge
Testing Services Charge
Hazardous Cargo on Deck
Testing
Third Party Allowance
Third Party Pallets
Throughput Allowance
Throughput Container Charge
Thruway Charge
Ticketing Service
Tobacco Products Report Charge
TOFC Service Charge
Tool Charge
Tooling Rework Charge
Tooling
Tools for Printing
Total Assessorial Charges
Total Fees
Total Invoice Amount
Total Due U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP)
Total Invoice Amount, U.S. Dollars
Total Invoice Amount, Non-U.S. Dollars
Total Material Invoice Amount
Tracing Inbound Via Other Carriers
Tracing Service Fee
Track Storage
Trade Discount
Trade In
Trailer Rental Charge
Transfer Charge
Transfer of Lading Charge
Transferred Charges
Transit
Transmission Charge
Transportation And Setup
Transportation Charge (Minimum Rate)
Transportation Direct Billing
Transportation Third Party Billing
Transportation Vendor Provided
Trimming Charge
Truck Detention
Truckload Discount
Page 78 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
I320
I330
I340
I350
I360
I370
I380
I390
I400
I410
I411
I420
I430
I431
I432
I440
I450
I460
I470
I480
I490
I495
I500
I510
I520
I530
I540
I550
I560
I570
I580
I590
I595
I600
I610
I620
I630
I640
I650
I660
I670
I680
I690
I700
I710
Name
Turning Charge
Two - Day Service
Two Door Pickup
U.S. Vehicles
Unabsorbed Switching
Unitized
Unloading (Labor Charges)
Unloading
Unloading/Reloading Charge
Unsaleable Merchandise Allowance
Unscheduled Fee
Up Charge
Usage Plan Detail Charge
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Flat Assist
Amount
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Maximum Assist
Amount
USDA Inspected, Stamping Certification
Use - Special Type Flat Car
Use Charge Tooling/Personnel
Valuation Fee
Vehicle Ordered but Not Used
Vehicle Prep Charge (Courtesy Delivery)
Vehicle Road Charge
Vendor Freight
Venting Instructions
Virgin Island Transfer Charge
Volume Discount
Voluntary Contribution Charge
Waiting Time
War Risk Surcharge
Warehouse
Warehousing
Warranties
Watermelon Fee
Waybill and Invoice Distribution
Weather Protection
Weight Verification Charge
Wharfage & Handling
Wharfage Charge
Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS) Usage Credit
Will Call Charge
Written Proof of Delivery
X-ray Charge
Gratuity
Escrow
Payment
Page 79 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
I720
I730
I740
I750
I760
I770
I780
I790
I800
I810
I820
I830
I840
I850
I860
I870
I880
I890
IDCT
LC2T
LC4T
LCLT
LECT
LFDT
LMDT
LNDT
LPDT
LQDT
LTET
MATT
OCNT
OFFA
OODT
OTHR
OWCT
PFCH
PRST
PTAX
PVPT
R020
R030
R040
R060
R080
RDHT
RFEE
RFMT
Name
Direct Product Handling (DPC)
Price Adjustment Percent (PCT)
Post Damaged Handling (PDC)
Reclamation Center Handling (Chute)
Reclamation Shared Responsibility (SRS)
Mid-Tier Lottery Winners
Mid-Tier Lottery Cashing Bonus
Lottery Cross Redeemed
Low-Tier Lottery Winners
Low-Tier Lottery Cashing Bonus
Lottery Charge Back
Tote
Extra Hour Charges
Refused Delivery Charge
Reimbursement for Online Cashing Bonus
Reimbursement for Online Winners
Online Sales Bonus
Instant Sales Bonus
Improper Documentation
Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 20 Foot Container
Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 40 Foot Container
Percent Differential - Less Than Container
Less Than Container
Linehaul from Port of Debarkation
Liner Terms at Port of Embarkation
Liner Terms at Port of Debarkation
Linehaul Percent Differential
Liquidated Damages
Linehaul to Port of Embarkation
Modified Atmosphere
Over Height Container
Office Supplies
On Deck Break Bulk Differential
Other Miscellaneous Earning or Additive
Over Width Container
Prepared Food Charge
Stuffing Charge
Payroll Taxes
Private Owned Vehicle Processing
Personal Property, Member
Personal Property, Spouse
Port Handling and Unloading
Packing, Crating, and Handling Charge
Packing, Crating, Handling, and Transportation Charge
Railhead Handling
Recycling Fee
Reefer Maintenance
Page 80 of 81
Version 4010 to 4010-2012
DE 1300
Code
RPDT
RSTT
SFBT
SFDT
SFET
SSCT
SSUT
STDT
STFT
STOT
TERT
VCLT
WBBT
WCFT
WFTT
WRBT
WRIT
X001
X002
X003
X004
X005
X006
X007
X008
X009
X010
X011
X012
X013
X014
X015
ZZZZ
Name
Reefer Cargo Percent Differential
Respotting
Single Factor Origination/Destination
Single Factor Origination/Port of Debarkation
Single Factor Port of Embarkation/Destination
Stripping, Sorting and Consolidation
Pole Lashing Equipment (PLE) Surcharge
Stop-off at Destination
Stuffing
Stop-off at Origination
Terminal Handling Charges
Van Cleaning
Wharfage - Breakbulk
Wharfage - Container
Wasted/Futile Trip
War Risk Crew Insurance
War Risk Insurance
Auto Towing
Late Return
One Way/Drop Off
Passenger Facility Charge
Lodging
Business Center
Gift Shop
Health Club
Laundry/Dry Cleaning
In-room Movie
In-room Mini-bar
Meals
Parking
Prepaid Amount
Liquor Charge
Mutually Defined
Page 81 of 81
810 Invoice
Foodservice EDI
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
Technical Standards
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Table of Contents
810
. . .
Invoice Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
3
. . .
BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
4
. . .
CUR Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
5
. . .
6
. . .
7
N1
. . .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
9
N2
. .
11
N3
. . 12
N4
. . 13
ITD
. .
14
. .
16
. .
17
IT1
. .
Baseline Item Data (Invoice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
18
. .
20
PID
. .
21
. .
23
. .
25
. .
TDS Total Monetary Value Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
30
. .
31
ISS
. .
Invoice Shipment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
36
. .
38
SE
July 2012
. .
39
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
810
GS1 Canada
Invoice Foodservice
Functional Group= IN
Purpose: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice
Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The
billing for goods and services provided.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
010
020
ST
BIG
040
050
060
CUR
REF
PER
Invoice
Currency
Administrative
M
M
1
1
Must use
Must use
O
O
O
1
12
3
Used
Used
Used
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
O
2
1
>1
Used
Used
Used
O
O
10
1
Used
Used
Req
Max Use
Baseline Item Data
(Invoice)
Pricing Information
O
1
Used
O
25
Used
O
O
1
1
LOOP ID - N1
Repeat
Notes
Usage
200
070
080
N1
N2
090
100
130
N3
N4
ITD
140
150
DTM
FOB
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
Terms of Sale
Date/Time Reference
Id
Segment Name
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - IT1
010
IT1
050
CTP
PID
PO4
SAC
Usage
1000
LOOP ID - SAC
180
Notes
200000
LOOP ID - PID
060
100
Repeat
Used
Used
25
Service, Promotion,
Information
O
1
Req
Max Use
M
1
Used
Summary:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
010
TDS
Total Monetary Value
Summary
LOOP ID - SAC
040
July 2012
SAC
Repeat
Notes
Usage
Must use
25
Service, Promotion,
O
1
[V004010-2012 FS]
Used
1
Guidelines for EDI
Pos
Id
GS1 Canada
Segment Name
Information
Req
Max Use
O
O
M
1
1
1
LOOP ID - ISS
060
070
080
ISS
CTT
SE
Repeat
Notes
Usage
N3/070
Used
Used
Must use
>1
Invoice Shipment Summary
Transaction Totals
Notes:
3/070
July 2012
Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of IT1 segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities invoiced (IT102) for each IT1 segment.
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
810
ST02
329
Invoice
M
within the group.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
BIG Beginning Segment for
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Invoice
Loop: N/A
Elements: 4
Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmit identifying numbers and dates
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BIG01
373
Date
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
DT
8/8
Must use
M
AN
1/22
Must use
O
DT
8/8
Used
O
AN
1/22
Used
CCYYMMDD
BIG02
76
Invoice Number
Description: Identifying number assigned
by issuer
BIG03
373
Date
CCYYMMDD
BIG04
324
orderer/purchaser
Semantics:
1. BIG01 is the invoice issue date.
2. BIG03 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.
3. BIG10 indicates the consolidated invoice number. When BIG07 contains code CI, BIG10 is not used.
Comments:
1. BIG07 is used only to further define the type of invoice when needed.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
CUR Currency
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CUR01
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
ID
3/3
Must use
Code Name
BY
CUR02
100
Currency Code
M
are specified
USD United States
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
DP
IA
Department Number
User Note 1:
IT
User Note 1:
REF02
127
C
AN
1/30
Must use
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
PER Administrative
Max: 3
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PER01
366
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
group named
Code Name
PER02
93
CR
Customer Relations
User Note 1:
Customer service representative
SR
Sales Representative or Department
Name
PER03
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER04
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
when applicable
PER05
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER06
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
C
when applicable
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 070
N1 Name
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
BO
User Note 1:
BS
BT
RI
SF
ST
SU
Bill and Ship To
Bill-to-Party
Remit To
Ship From
Ship To
User Note 1:
VN
N102
93
Vendor
User Note 1:
Name
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
N104
July 2012
67
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
[V004010-2012 FS]
AN
2/80
Used
9
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
other code
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
processing party.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 080
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 090
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 100
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
User Note 1: CA Canada
MX Mexico
US United States
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
of Sale
Pos: 130
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 8
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ITD01
336
Terms Type Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
2/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
O
R
1/6
Used
C
DT
8/8
Used
C
N0
1/3
Used
payment terms
Code Name
05
08
09
14
ITD02
333
Proximo
O
Code Name
2
3
4
15
ITD03
338
Delivery Date
Invoice Date
Specified Date
Receipt of Goods
ITD04
370
format CCYYMMDD
ITD05
351
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
ITD06
446
Terms Net Due Date
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
DT
8/8
Used
O
N0
1/3
Used
O
N2
1/10
Used
CCYYMMDD
ITD07
386
Terms Net Days
applicable)
ITD08
362
discount
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 140
Max: 10
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
DT
8/8
Must use
Code Name
002
011
DTM02
373
Delivery Requested
Shipped
Date
C
CCYYMMDD
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
FOB01
146
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
1/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
Code Name
CC
PB
PP
FOB02
309
Collect
Prepaid (by Seller)
Location Qualifier
C
location
Code Name
DE
OR
FOB03
352
Description
O
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C0302 - If FOB03 is
C0405 - If FOB04 is
C0706 - If FOB07 is
C0809 - If FOB08 is
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice)
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: IT1
Elements: 5
Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related transactions
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
IT102
358
Quantity Invoiced
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
R
1/10
Must use
C
ID
2/2
Must use
C
R
1/17
Must use
C
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Number of units invoiced
(supplier units)
IT103
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
IT104
212
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Unit Price
be sent as ``29''.
To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0)
with code NC as the value in IT105.
IT106
235
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
UK
IT107
234
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
Product/Service ID
C
AN
1/48
Used
product or service
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
P020304 - If either IT102, IT103 or IT104 are present, then the others are required.
Semantics:
1. IT101 is the purchase order line item identification.
Comments:
1. Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or services. See the Data
Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.
2. IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color,
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: 25
Detail - Optional
Loop: IT1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTP02
236
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
3/3
Must use
R
1/17
Must use
specification
Code Name
UCP
CTP03
212
Unit cost price
User Note 1:
Item list cost
Unit Price
C
be sent as ``29''.
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
discount is given.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PID
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID01
349
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
of a description
Code Name
F
PID02
750
Free-form
User Note 1:
O
characteristic
Code Name
08
PID05
352
Product
Description
C
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 100
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: IT1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO401
356
Pack
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
C
R
1/8
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
N0
1/6
Used
container
PO402
357
Size
pack
PO403
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
PO414
810
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Inner Pack
O
inner container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
Comments:
357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
User Note 1:
PO408 and PO409.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 180
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 15
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Elements
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
25
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
Elements
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
SAC07
332
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
percent
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
26
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC08
118
Rate
GS1 Canada
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
R
1/9
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
currency specified
SAC09
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
Bill Back
User Note 1:
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
27
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
User Note 1:
05
User Note 1:
06
SAC13
127
User Note 1:
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
User Note 1: Used for tax registration
number.
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
28
Guidelines for EDI
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
GS1 Canada
the code used.
promotion.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
29
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
TDS Total Monetary Value
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Summary
Loop: N/A
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify the total invoice discounts and amounts
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TDS01
610
Amount
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N2
1/15
Must use
O
N2
1/15
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
TDS02
610
Amount
TDS03
610
Amount
TDS04
610
Amount
Semantics:
1. TDS01 is the total amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before terms discount (if discount is
applicable).
2. TDS02 indicates the amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated.
3. TDS03 is the amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice or installment amount
less cash discount).
4. TDS04 indicates the total amount of terms discount.
Comments:
1. TDS02 is required if the dollar value subject to discount is not equal to the dollar value of TDS01.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
30
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 15
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Elements
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
31
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
SAC07
332
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
7
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
O
R
1/9
Used
percent
SAC08
118
Rate
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
32
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
currency specified
SAC09
355
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
Bill Back
User Note 1:
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
July 2012
User Note 1:
[V004010-2012 FS]
33
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
SAC13
127
05
User Note 1:
06
User Note 1:
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
User Note 1: Used for tax registration.
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Semantics:
1. If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.
2. SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.
3. If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
34
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
4. SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit.
5. SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase
6. SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable
7. SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference number as identified by
the code used.
8. SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more than one option of the
promotion.
9. SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
35
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
ISS Invoice Shipment Summary
Pos: 060
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: ISS
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and volume
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ISS01
382
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
R
1/10
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/10
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
ISS02
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
ISS03
81
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Weight
ISS04
355
been taken
Code Name
KG
LB
Kilogram
Pound
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
36
Guidelines for EDI
1.
2.
3.
4.
GS1 Canada
R010305 - At least one of ISS01, ISS03 or ISS05 is required.
Semantics:
1. ISS07 is the quantity of third party pallets.
2. ISS08 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
37
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 070
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTT01
354
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/6
Must use
the transaction set
User Note 1: The number of IT1 segments
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
38
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 080
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
transaction set.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
39
820 Payment
Order/Remittance Advice
Foodservice
Foodservice EDI
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
GS1 Canada Technical
Standards Work Group
Foodservice
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Payment Order/Remittance Advice
Foodservice - 820
Table of Contents
820
. . .
Payment Order/Remittance Advice Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
Transaction Set Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
3
. . .
BPR Beginning Segment for Payment Order/Remittance Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
4
. . .
TRN Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
7
. . .
CUR Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
8
. . .
REF Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
9
. .
DTM Date/Time Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
10
N1
. .
Party Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
11
N2
. .
12
N3
. . 13
Party Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
N4
. . 14
Geographic Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
. .
ENT Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
15
. .
ADX Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
16
. .
REF Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
18
. .
RMR Remittance Advice Accounts Receivable Open Item Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
19
. .
21
. .
ADX Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
22
SE
July 2012
. .
Transaction Set Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
24
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
820
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Foodservice
Functional Group= RA
Purpose: This X12 Transaction Set contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Payment
Order/Remittance Advice Transaction Set (820) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
environment. The transaction set can be used to make a payment, send a remittance advice, or make a payment
and send a remittance advice.This transaction set can be an order to a financial institution to make a payment to a
payee. It can also be a remittance advice identifying the detail needed to perform cash application to the payee's
accounts receivable system. The remittance advice can go directly from payer to payee, through a financial
institution, or through a third party agent.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
0100
0200
ST
BPR
0350
0400
0500
0600
TRN
CUR
REF
DTM
Payment Order/Remittance
Advice
Trace
Currency
Reference Information
Date/Time Reference
Req
Max Use
M
M
1
1
O
O
O
O
1
1
>1
>1
LOOP ID - N1
Repeat
N1
N2
0900
1000
N3
N4
Party Identification
Additional Name
Information
Party Location
Geographic Location
Id
Segment Name
O
O
1
>1
O
O
>1
1
Req
Max Use
Usage
Must use
Must use
C1/0350
C1/0400
>1
0700
0800
Notes
Used
Used
Used
Used
C1/0700L
C1/0700
Used
Used
Used
Used
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - ENT
0100
ENT
Entity
O
1
Adjustment
O
1
Reference Information
O
1
Remittance Advice
Accounts Receivable Open
Item Reference
Date/Time Reference
O
1
O
>1
LOOP ID - ADX
0800
ADX
REF
RMR
1800
DTM
ADX
CN2/0100
L
CN2/0100
Used
C2/0800L
C2/0800
Used
Used
>1
LOOP ID - ADX
2100
>1
Usage
>1
LOOP ID - RMR
1500
Notes
>1
LOOP ID - REF
1100
Repeat
C2/1500
O
1
Used
Used
>1
Adjustment
C2/1500L
C2/2100L
C2/2100
Used
Summary:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
1
Guidelines for EDI
Pos
Id
Segment Name
0100
SE
GS1 Canada
Req
Max Use
M
1
Foodservice - 820
Repeat
Notes
Usage
Must use
Notes:
2/0100L
2/0100
The ENT loop is for vendor or consumer third party consolidated payments.
The ENT loop is for vendor or consumer third party consolidated payments.
Comments:
1/0350
1/0400
1/0700L
1/0700
2/0100L
2/0100
2/0800L
2/0800
2/1500L
2/1500
2/2100L
2/2100
July 2012
The TRN segment is used to uniquely identify a payment order/remittance advice.
The CUR segment does not initiate a foreign exchange transaction.
The N1 loop allows for name/address information for the payer and payee which would be utilized to
address remittance(s) for delivery.
The N1 loop allows for name/address information for the payer and payee which would be utilized to
address remittance(s) for delivery.
ENT09 may contain the payee's accounts receivable customer number.
ENT09 may contain the payee's accounts receivable customer number.
This ADX loop contains adjustment items which are not netted to an RMR segment in this transaction
set.
This ADX loop contains adjustment items which are not netted to an RMR segment in this transaction
set.
Loop RMR is for open items being referenced or for payment on account.
Loop RMR is for open items being referenced or for payment on account.
This ADX loop can only contain adjustment information for the immediately preceding RMR segment and
affects the amount (RMR04) calculation. If this adjustment amount is not netted to the immediately
preceding RMR, use the outer ADX loop (position 080).
This ADX loop can only contain adjustment information for the immediately preceding RMR segment and
affects the amount (RMR04) calculation. If this adjustment amount is not netted to the immediately
preceding RMR, use the outer ADX loop (position 080).
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0100
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
820
ST02
329
M
Semantics:
1. The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select
the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
2. The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange
partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When
used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference
specified in the GS08.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0200
BPR Beginning Segment for
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Payment Order/Remittance
Advice
Loop: N/A
Elements: 15
Purpose: To indicate the beginning of a Payment Order/Remittance Advice Transaction Set and total payment
amount, or to enable related transfer of funds and/or information from payer to payee to occur
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BPR01
305
Transaction Handling Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/2
Must use
M
R
1/18
Must use
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
3/3
Must use
ID
1/10
Used
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Code designating the action
to be taken by all parties
Code Name
I
BPR02
782
Remittance Information Only
Monetary Amount
BPR03
478
Credit/Debit Flag Code
Description: Code indicating whether
amount is a credit or debit
Code Name
C
D
BPR04
591
Credit
Debit
Payment Method Code
M
Description: Code identifying the method
for the movement of payment instructions
Code Name
CHK
BPR05
812
Check
Payment Format Code
O
payment format to be used
Code Name
PBC
BPR06
506
Commercial/Corporate Check
(DFI) ID Number Qualifier
X
identification number of Depository
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Financial Institution (DFI)
Foodservice - 820
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Code Name
01
02
03
04
BPR07
507
ABA Transit Routing Number Including Check Digits (9 digits)
Swift Identification (8 or 11 characters)
CHIPS (3 or 4 digits)
Canadian Bank Branch and Institution Number
(DFI) Identification Number
X
AN
3/12
Used
O
ID
1/3
Used
X
AN
1/35
Used
O
AN
10/10
Used
X
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Depository Financial
Institution (DFI) identification number
BPR08
569
Account Number Qualifier
Description: Code indicating the type of
account
Code Name
DA
BPR09
508
Demand Deposit
Account Number
Description: Account number assigned
BPR10
509
Originating Company Identifier
Description: A unique identifier
designating the company initiating the
funds transfer instructions, business
transaction or assigning tracking
reference identification.
User Note 1: Use GS1 Global Location
Number (GLN) 13 digits
BPR12
506
(DFI) ID Number Qualifier
identification number of Depository
Financial Institution (DFI)
Code Name
01
02
03
04
BPR13
507
ABA Transit Routing Number Including Check Digits (9 digits)
Swift Identification (8 or 11 characters)
CHIPS (3 or 4 digits)
Canadian Bank Branch and Institution Number
(DFI) Identification Number
X
AN
3/12
Used
O
ID
1/3
Used
Description: Depository Financial
Institution (DFI) identification number
BPR14
569
Account Number Qualifier
account
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Foodservice - 820
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
X
AN
1/35
Used
O
DT
8/8
Used
Code Name
DA
BPR15
508
Demand Deposit
Account Number
Description: Account number assigned
BPR16
373
Date
CCYYMMDD where CC represents the
first two digits of the calendar year
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
P0607 - If either BPR06 or BPR07 is present, then the other is required.
C0809 - If BPR08 is present, then BPR09 is required.
Semantics:
1. BPR02 specifies the payment amount.
2. When using this transaction set to initiate a payment, all or some of BPR06 through BPR16 may be required,
depending on the conventions of the specific financial channel being used.
3. BPR06 and BPR07 relate to the originating depository financial institution (ODFI).
4. BPR08 is a code identifying the type of bank account or other financial asset.
5. BPR09 is the account of the company originating the payment. This account may be debited or credited
depending on the type of payment order.
6. BPR10 shall be mutually established between the originating depository financial institution (ODFI) and the
company originating the payment.
7. BPR12 and BPR13 relate to the receiving depository financial institution (RDFI).
9. BPR15 is the account number of the receiving company to be debited or credited with the payment order.
10. BPR16 is the date the originating company intends for the transaction to be settled (i.e., Payment Effective
Date).
11. BPR17 is a code identifying the business reason for this payment.
12. BPR18, BPR19, BPR20 and BPR21, if used, identify a third bank identification number and account to be
used for return items only.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0350
TRN Trace
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Purpose: To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TRN01
481
Trace Type Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/2
Must use
AN
1/80
Must use
Description: Code identifying which
transaction is being referenced
Code Name
1
TRN02
127
Current Transaction Trace Numbers
M
Semantics:
1. TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
2. TRN03 identifies an organization.
3. TRN04 identifies a further subdivision within the organization.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0400
CUR Currency
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CUR01
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
ID
3/3
Must use
Code Name
PR
CUR02
100
Payer
Currency Code
M
are specified
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0500
REF Reference Information
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/80
Used
Code Name
CK
REF02
127
Check Number
X
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
9
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0600
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
DT
8/8
Used
Code Name
007
DTM02
373
Effective
Date
X
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0700
N1 Party Identification
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
X
AN
1/60
Used
X
ID
1/2
Used
Code Name
PR
N102
93
Payer
Name
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
Global Location Number (GLN)
Description:
Global Location Number (GLN) (Revised name)
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
N104
67
Identification Code
X
AN
2/80
Used
other code
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
processing party.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0800
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify additional names
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0900
N3 Party Location
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 1000
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
X
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
X
ID
2/3
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
User Note 1:
CA Canada
MX Mexico
US United States
Syntax Rules:
1. E0207 - Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0100
ENT Entity
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: ENT
Elements: 1
Purpose: To designate the entities which are parties to a transaction and specify a reference meaningful to those
entities
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ENT01
554
Assigned Number
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
Description: Number assigned for
differentiation within a transaction set
Syntax Rules:
1. P020304 - If either ENT02, ENT03 or ENT04 are present, then the others are required.
2. P050607 - If either ENT05, ENT06 or ENT07 are present, then the others are required.
3. P0809 - If either ENT08 or ENT09 is present, then the other is required.
Comments:
1. This segment allows for the grouping of data by entity/entities at or within a master/masters. A master (e.g., an
organization) can be comprised of numerous subgroups (e.g., entities). This master may send grouped data
to another master (e.g., an organization) which is comprised of one or more entities. Groupings are as follows:
2. (1) Single/Single: Only ENT01 is necessary, because there is a single entity (the sending master)
communicating with a single entity (the receiving master).
3. (2) Single/Multiple: ENT05, ENT06, and ENT07 would be used to identify the entities within the receiving
master. The sending master is a single entity, so no other data elements need be used.
4. (3) Multiple/Single: ENT02, ENT03, and ENT04 would be used to identify the entities within the sending
master. The receiving master is a single entity, so no other data elements need be used.
5. (4) Multiple/Multiple: ENT02, ENT03, and ENT04 would be used to identify the entities within the sending
master. ENT05, ENT06, and ENT07 would be used to identify the entities within the receiving master.
6. This segment also allows for the transmission of a unique reference number that is meaningful between the
entities.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0800
ADX Adjustment
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: ADX
Elements: 4
Purpose: To convey accounts-payable adjustment information for the purpose of cash application, including
payer-generated debit/credit memos
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ADX01
782
Monetary Amount
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
R
1/18
Must use
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
ADX02
426
Adjustment Reason Code
Description: Code indicating reason for
debit or credit memo or adjustment to
invoice, debit or credit memo, or payment
Code Name
01
04
06
07
11
30
52
53
55
ADX03
128
Pricing Error
Item Not Accepted - Damaged
Quantity Contested
Incorrect Product
Returns - Damage
Delivery Charge Incorrect
Credit for Overpayment
Remittance for Previous Underpayment
Tax Deducted
X
Code Name
CM
DB
ADX04
127
Buyer's Credit Memo
Buyer's Debit Memo
X
Syntax Rules:
1. P0304 - If either ADX03 or ADX04 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. ADX01 specifies the amount of the adjustment and must be signed if negative. If negative, it reduces the
payment amount; if positive, it increases the payment amount.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
2. ADX02 specifies the reason for claiming the adjustment.
3. ADX03 and ADX04 specify the identification of the adjustment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 1100
REF Reference Information
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: REF
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
X
AN
1/80
Used
X
AN
1/80
Used
Code Name
CL
DB
REF02
127
Seller's Credit Memo
Buyer's Debit Memo
REF03
352
Description
content
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 1500
RMR Remittance Advice
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Accounts Receivable Open
Item Reference
Loop: RMR
Elements: 6
Purpose: To specify the accounts receivable open item(s) to be included in the cash application and to convey the
appropriate detail
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
RMR01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
X
ID
2/3
Used
X
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
Code Name
IV
RMR02
127
Seller's Invoice Number
RMR03
482
Payment Action Code
Description: Code specifying the
accounts receivable open item(s), if any,
to be included in the cash application.
Code Name
AJ
ER
FL
NS
PA
PI
PO
PP
PR
RMR04
782
Adjustment
Evaluated Receipts Settlement
Final
Not Specified (Unknown as to Type of Payment)
Payment in Advance
Pay Item
Payment on Account
Partial Payment
Progress Payment
Monetary Amount
O
R
1/18
Used
O
R
1/18
Used
User Note 1:
Amount paid by buyer to seller.
RMR05
782
Monetary Amount
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Foodservice - 820
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
R
1/18
Used
User Note 1:
Amount of the invoice (including charges, less
allowance) before terms discount (if discount
is applicable) or debit amount or credit
amount of referenced items.
RMR06
782
Monetary Amount
User Note 1:
The amount of discount taken.
Syntax Rules:
1. P0102 - If either RMR01 or RMR02 is present, then the other is required.
2. P0708 - If either RMR07 or RMR08 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. If RMR03 is present, it specifies how the cash is to be applied.
2. RMR04 is the amount paid.
3. RMR05 is the amount of invoice (including charges, less allowance) before terms discount (if discount is
applicable) or debit amount or credit amount of referenced items.
4. RMR06 is the amount of discount taken.
5. RMR08, if present, represents an interest penalty payment, amount late interest paid, or amount anticipation.
Comments:
1. Parties using this segment should agree on the content of RMR01 and RMR02 prior to initiating
communication.
2. If RMR03 is not present, this is a payment for an open item. If paying an open item, RMR02 must be present.
If not paying a specific open item, RMR04 must be present.
3. RMR05 may be needed by some payees to distinguish between duplicate reference numbers.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 1800
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: RMR
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
DT
8/8
Used
Code Name
003
DTM02
373
Invoice
Date
X
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 2100
ADX Adjustment
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: ADX
Elements: 4
Purpose: To convey accounts-payable adjustment information for the purpose of cash application, including
payer-generated debit/credit memos
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ADX01
782
Monetary Amount
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
R
1/18
Must use
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
ADX02
426
Adjustment Reason Code
Description: Code indicating reason for
debit or credit memo or adjustment to
invoice, debit or credit memo, or payment
Code Name
01
04
06
07
11
30
52
53
55
ADX03
128
Pricing Error
Item Not Accepted - Damaged
Quantity Contested
Incorrect Product
Returns - Damage
Delivery Charge Incorrect
Credit for Overpayment
Remittance for Previous Underpayment
Tax Deducted
X
Code Name
CM
DB
ADX04
127
Buyer's Credit Memo
Buyer's Debit Memo
X
Syntax Rules:
1. P0304 - If either ADX03 or ADX04 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. ADX01 specifies the amount of the adjustment and must be signed if negative. If negative, it reduces the
payment amount; if positive, it increases the payment amount.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
2. ADX02 specifies the reason for claiming the adjustment.
3. ADX03 and ADX04 specify the identification of the adjustment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Foodservice - 820
Pos: 0100
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
850 Purchase Order FS
Foodservice EDI
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
GS1 Canada Foodservice Technical
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Purchase Order - Foodservice - 850
Table of Contents
850
. . .
Purchase Order - Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
3
. . .
BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
4
. . .
CUR Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
6
. . .
7
. . .
PER Administrative Communications Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
8
. .
10
. .
11
ITD
. .
16
. .
18
. .
TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
19
. .
TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
21
N9
. .
Reference Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
22
. .
MSG Message Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
23
N1
. .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
24
N2
. .
26
N3
. . 27
N4
. . 28
. .
29
. .
PO1 Baseline Item Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
30
. .
CTP Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
32
PID
. .
Product/Item Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
33
. .
PO4 Item Physical Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
35
. .
37
. .
CTT Transaction Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
42
SE
July 2012
. .
43
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
850
GS1 Canada
Purchase Order - Foodservice
Functional Group= PO
Purpose: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase
Order Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The
placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase
order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
010
020
ST
BEG
040
050
060
CUR
REF
PER
080
FOB
Purchase Order
Currency
Administrative
M
M
1
1
Must use
Must use
O
O
O
1
>1
3
Used
Used
Used
O
>1
Used
Service, Promotion,
Information
Terms of Sale
Date/Time Reference
Carrier Details (Routing
Sequence/Transit Time)
Carrier Details (Equipment)
O
1
Used
O
>1
Used
O
O
10
12
Used
Used
O
12
LOOP ID - SAC
120
SAC
130
ITD
150
240
DTM
TD5
250
TD3
N9
MSG
Notes
Usage
25
LOOP ID - N9
295
300
Repeat
Used
1000
Message Text
O
O
1
1000
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
O
2
>1
12
Used
Used
Used
Req
Max Use
LOOP ID - N1
Used
Used
200
310
320
N1
N2
330
340
350
N3
N4
REF
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
Id
Segment Name
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - PO1
010
PO1
Baseline Item Data
M
CTP
100000
N2/010L
N2/010
Usage
Must use
>1
Pricing Information
O
1
LOOP ID - PID
July 2012
Notes
1
LOOP ID - CTP
040
Repeat
Used
1000
[V004010-2012 FS]
1
Guidelines for EDI
Pos
Id
Segment Name
050
090
PID
PO4
GS1 Canada
Req
Max Use
O
O
1
>1
Service, Promotion,
Information
O
1
Req
Max Use
LOOP ID - SAC
130
SAC
Repeat
Notes
Usage
Used
Used
25
Used
Summary:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
LOOP ID - CTT
010
030
CTT
SE
Transaction Totals
O
M
1
1
Repeat
Notes
1
N3/010L
N3/010
Usage
Used
Must use
Notes:
2/010L
2/010
3/010L
3/010
July 2012
PO102 is required.
PO102 is required.
The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
850
ST02
329
Purchase Order
M
within the group.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
BEG Beginning Segment for
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Purchase Order
Loop: N/A
Elements: 5
Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and transmit identifying numbers and
dates
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BEG01
353
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
Description: Code identifying purpose of
transaction set
Code Name
00
06
22
BEG02
92
Original
Confirmation
Information Copy
User Note 1:
This code is used to notify anyone other than the seller about this order.
Purchase Order Type Code
M
ID
2/2
Must use
Description: Code specifying the type of
Purchase Order
Code Name
BEG03
324
BE
BK
RL
Blanket Order/Estimated Quantities (Not firm Commitment)
Blanket Order (Quantity Firm)
Release or Delivery Order
Description: An order for goods and services placed against a pre-existing contract or
blanket order
SA
Stand-alone Order
M
AN
1/22
Must use
O
AN
1/30
Used
M
DT
8/8
Must use
orderer/purchaser
BEG04
328
Release Number
Description: Number identifying a
release against a Purchase Order
previously placed by the parties involved
in the transaction
release against the purchase order, if used
BEG05
July 2012
373
Date
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
CCYYMMDD
Semantics:
1. BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.
User Note 1:
If BEG02 contains code RL, then BEG04 is required. BEG03 contains the blanket purchase order number which is being
released against and BEG04 contains the release number.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
CUR Currency
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CUR01
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
ID
3/3
Must use
Code Name
BY
CUR02
100
Currency Code
M
are specified
USD United States
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
REF02
127
CT
DP
Contract Number
Department Number
User Note 1:
This code may be used in the header area or the detail area, but not both.
IA
User Note 1:
IT
User Note 1:
PD
Promotion/Deal Number
C
AN
1/30
Must use
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
PER Administrative
Max: 3
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PER01
366
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
group named
Code Name
BD
IC
PER02
93
Buyer Name or Department
Information Contact
Name
PER03
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER04
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
when applicable
PER05
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER06
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
C
when applicable
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
9
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 080
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
FOB01
146
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
1/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
Code Name
CC
PB
PP
FOB02
309
Collect
Prepaid (by Seller)
Location Qualifier
C
location
Code Name
DE
OR
FOB03
352
Description
O
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C0302 - If FOB03 is
C0405 - If FOB04 is
C0706 - If FOB07 is
C0809 - If FOB08 is
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 120
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 15
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Elements
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
Elements
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
SAC07
332
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
percent
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC08
118
Rate
GS1 Canada
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
R
1/9
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
currency specified
SAC09
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
Bill Back
User Note 1:
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
User Note 1:
05
User Note 1:
06
SAC13
127
User Note 1:
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
User Note 1: This is used to provide the Tax
Registration Number
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
GS1 Canada
the code used.
promotion.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
of Sale
Pos: 130
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ITD01
336
Terms Type Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
2/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
O
R
1/6
Used
C
N0
1/3
Used
O
N0
1/3
Used
payment terms
Code Name
05
08
09
14
ITD02
333
Proximo
O
Code Name
1
2
3
4
7
15
ITD03
338
Ship Date
Delivery Date
Invoice Date
Specified Date
Effective Date
Receipt of Goods
ITD05
351
ITD07
July 2012
386
Terms Net Days
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N2
1/10
Used
applicable)
ITD08
362
discount
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: 10
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
C
DT
8/8
Must use
C
TM
4/8
Used
Code Name
002
118
DTM02
373
Delivery Requested
Requested Pick-up
Date
CCYYMMDD
DTM03
337
Time
Description: Time expressed in 24-hour
clock time as follows: HHMM, or
HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or
HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M
= minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds
(00-59) and DD = decimal seconds;
decimal seconds are expressed as
follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD =
hundredths (00-99)
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 240
TD5 Carrier Details (Routing
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 5
Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD501
133
Routing Sequence Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
1/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
C
AN
2/80
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
Description: Code describing the
relationship of a carrier to a specific
shipment movement
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
O
S
TD502
66
1st Carrier after Origin Carrier
2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier
3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier
4th Carrier after Origin Carrier
Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail)
Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode)
Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean)
Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail)
C
Code Name
2
91
92
TD503
67
Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC)
Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent
Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent
Identification Code
other code
TD504
91
Transportation Method/Type Code
Description: Code specifying the method
or type of transportation for the shipment
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
H
M
TD505
387
Customer Pickup
Motor (Common Carrier)
Routing
C
AN
1/35
Used
Description: Free-form description of the
routing or requested routing for shipment,
or the originating carrier's identity
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
R0204050612 - At least one of TD502, TD504, TD505, TD506 or TD512 is required.
C0203 - If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.
Semantics:
1. TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed.
Comments:
1. When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of specifying each carrier
within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use
TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.
User Note 1:
This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously
identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use
TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing
guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502, and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific
private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2, and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used
to specify transit time.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment)
Pos: 250
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 1
Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD301
40
Equipment Description Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Must use
equipment used for shipment
Code Name
CV
FT
RT
TL
Closed Van
Flat Bed Trailer
Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer)
Trailer (not otherwise specified)
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
E0110 - Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present.
P0506 - If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 295
N9 Reference Identification
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N9
Elements: 2
Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N901
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/30
Must use
Code Name
AH
N902
127
Agreement Number
C
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
1. N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.
2. N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 300
MSG Message Text
Max: 1000
Heading - Optional
Loop: N9
Elements: 1
Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
MSG01
933
Free-Form Message Text
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/264
Must use
Description: Free-form message text
Syntax Rules:
1. C0302 - If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.
Semantics:
1. MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.
Comments:
1. MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of page, advance a line, etc.
2. If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 is required.
User Note 1:
This segment will contain any text clauses for the agreement referenced in the previous N9 segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 310
N1 Name
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
Code Name
N102
93
BO
BS
BT
BY
SF
ST
SU
Bill and Ship To
Bill-to-Party
Ship From
Ship To
User Note 1:
VN
Vendor
User Note 1:
Name
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
N104
67
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
AN
2/80
Used
other code
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
processing party.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
25
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 320
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
26
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 330
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
27
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 340
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
User Note 1:
CA Canada
MX Mexico
US United States
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
28
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 350
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/30
Must use
Code Name
DK
REF02
127
Dock Number
C
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
29
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
PO1 Baseline Item Data
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: PO1
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO102
330
Quantity Ordered
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
R
1/15
Must use
O
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Quantity ordered
PO103
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
PO106
235
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
C
Code Name
UK
PO107
234
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
Product/Service ID
C
AN
1/48
Used
product or service
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
30
Guidelines for EDI
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
GS1 Canada
Comments:
1. See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.
2. PO101 is the line item identification.
3. PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item. For example: Case, Color,
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
31
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: CTP
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTP02
236
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
3/3
Must use
R
1/17
Must use
specification
Code Name
UCP
CTP03
212
Unit cost price
User Note 1:
Item list cost
Unit Price
C
be sent as ``29''.
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
discount is given.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
32
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PID
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID01
349
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
of a description
Code Name
F
PID02
750
Free-form
User Note 1:
O
characteristic
Code Name
08
PID05
352
Product
Description
C
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
33
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
34
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 090
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PO1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO401
356
Pack
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
C
R
1/8
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
N0
1/6
Used
container
PO402
357
Size
pack
PO403
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
PO414
810
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Inner Pack
O
inner container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
35
Guidelines for EDI
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
Comments:
357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
User Note 1:
number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V
(Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples.
PO408 and PO409.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
36
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 130
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 14
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
C
ID
4/4
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
Elements
SAC03
559
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
Elements
SAC05
610
Amount
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
37
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC06
378
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
1/1
Used
calculated
Code Name
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
SAC07
332
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
O
R
1/9
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
percent
SAC08
118
Rate
currency specified
SAC09
355
been taken
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
38
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
C
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
Bill Back
User Note 1:
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
User Note 1:
05
User Note 1:
06
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
39
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
SAC13
127
C
AN
1/30
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
User Note 1: This is used to provide the Tax
Registration Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
the code used.
promotion.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
40
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
41
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: CTT
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTT01
354
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/6
Must use
the transaction set
User Note 1: The number of PO1 segments
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
42
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 030
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
transaction set.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
43
855 Purchase Order
Acknowledgment FS
Foodservice EDI
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Purchase Order Acknowledgment Foodservice - 855
Table of Contents
855
. . .
Purchase Order Acknowledgment - Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
3
. . .
BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Acknowledgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
4
. . .
6
. . .
7
N1
. . .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
8
N2
. .
10
N3
. . 11
N4
. . 12
. .
PO1 Baseline Item Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
13
. .
16
PID
. .
19
. .
22
. .
24
. .
ACK Line Item Acknowledgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
29
. .
31
SE
July 2012
. .
32
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
855
GS1 Canada
Purchase Order Acknowledgment Foodservice
Functional Group= PR
Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry
practice relative to a seller's acknowledgment of a buyer's purchase order. This transaction set can also be used as
notification of a vendor generated order. This usage advises a buyer that a vendor has or will ship merchandise as
prearranged in their partnership.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
010
020
ST
BAK
050
150
REF
DTM
Purchase Order
Acknowledgment
Date/Time Reference
M
M
1
1
Must use
Must use
O
O
>1
10
Used
Used
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
2
1
Used
Used
Req
Max Use
LOOP ID - N1
Repeat
Notes
Usage
200
300
310
N1
N2
320
330
N3
N4
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
Id
Segment Name
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - PO1
010
040
PO1
CTP
Baseline Item Data
Pricing Information
O
O
1
>1
O
O
1
>1
LOOP ID - PID
050
090
PID
PO4
SAC
ACK
N2/010
Usage
Used
Used
Used
Used
25
Service, Promotion,
Information
O
1
LOOP ID - ACK
270
Notes
N2/010L
1000
LOOP ID - SAC
130
Repeat
100000
Used
104
Line Item Acknowledgment
O
1
Req
Max Use
Used
Summary:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
LOOP ID - CTT
010
030
July 2012
CTT
SE
Transaction Totals
O
M
1
1
[V004010-2012 FS]
Repeat
Notes
1
N3/010L
N3/010
Usage
Used
Must use
1
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Notes:
2/010L
2/010
3/010L
3/010
July 2012
PO102 is required.
PO102 is required.
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
855
ST02
329
Purchase Order Acknowledgment
M
within the group.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
BAK Beginning Segment for
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Purchase Order
Acknowledgment
Loop: N/A
Elements: 4
Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set and transmit identifying
numbers and dates
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BAK01
353
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
transaction set
Code Name
00
Original
User Note 1:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This is the original acknowledgment.
01
Cancellation
User Note 1:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Cancels the the purchasing organization's purchase order.
05
Replace
User Note 1:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.
16
Proposed
User Note 1:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.
19
BAK02
587
Seller initiated change
User Note 1:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Change the the purchasing organization's purchase order.
Acknowledgment Type
M
ID
2/2
Must use
acknowledgment
Code Name
July 2012
AC
Acknowledge - With Detail and Change
User Note 1:
Full purchase order detail must be transmitted
AD
AE
Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change
Acknowledge - With Exception Detail Only
User Note 1:
Only transmit details of change
AK
Acknowledge - No Detail or Change
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
AP
RJ
BAK03
324
Acknowledge - Product Replenishment
Rejected - No Detail
M
AN
1/22
Must use
M
DT
8/8
Must use
orderer/purchaser
BAK04
373
Date
CCYYMMDD
Semantics:
1. BAK04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.
2. BAK08 is the seller's order number.
3. BAK09 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
DP
IA
Department Number
User Note 1:
Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the purchasing organization, for use
within the purchasing organization's system
IT
User Note 1:
Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the selling organization, for use within
the selling organization's system
IV
VN
REF02
127
Vendor Order Number
C
AN
1/30
Must use
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: 10
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
Code Name
DTM02
373
001
Cancel After
User Note 1:
If the order has not been shipped by this date, the order is considered canceled
002
010
068
086
Delivery Requested
Requested Ship
Current Schedule Ship
Scheduled for Shipment (Week of)
Date
C
DT
8/8
Must use
CCYYMMDD
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 300
N1 Name
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
Code Name
N102
93
BO
BS
BT
BY
SF
ST
SU
Bill and Ship To
Bill-to-Party
Ship From
Ship To
User Note 1:
VN
Vendor
User Note 1:
Name
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
N104
67
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
AN
2/80
Used
other code
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
processing party.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
9
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 310
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 320
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 330
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
User Note 1:
CA Canada
MX Mexico
US United States
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
PO1 Baseline Item Data
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PO1
Elements: 6
Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO102
330
Quantity Ordered
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
R
1/15
Must use
O
ID
2/2
Must use
C
R
1/17
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
PO103
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
PO104
212
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Unit Price
be sent as ``29''.
To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) in
PO104 and code NC in PO105.
PO105
639
Basis of Unit Price Code
unit price for an item
User Note 1: This data element is used to
clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
price expressed in PO104 is always in the
same terms as the unit of measure in PO103,
unless otherwise specified in PO105.
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
ID
2/2
Used
Code Name
LD
LE
NC
PO
PP
PR
QT
RD
RE
TD
TE
WD
WE
PO106
235
Catalog Price per Dozen
Catalog Price per Each
No Charge
Price per Ounce
Price per Pound
Promotion
Quoted
Retail Price per Dozen
Retail Price per Each
Contract Price per Dozen
Contract Price per Each
Wholesale Price per Dozen
Wholesale Price per Each
C
Code Name
UK
PO107
234
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
Product/Service ID
C
AN
1/48
Used
product or service
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Comments:
1. PO101 is the line item identification.
2. PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item. For example: Case, Color,
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PO1
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTP01
687
Class of Trade Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
2/2
Used
ID
3/3
Must use
C
R
1/17
Must use
C
R
1/15
Used
Description: Code indicating class of
trade
Code Name
AG
BG
DE
DI
RS
CTP02
236
Agent
Buying Group
Dealer
Distributor
Resale
C
specification
Code Name
ALT
CAT
MSR
PRP
Alternate Price
Catalog Price
Manufacturer's Suggested Retail
Promotional price
User Note 1:
Promotion/Event
CTP03
212
RES
Resale
User Note 1:
Retail price
UCP
Unit cost price
User Note 1:
Item list cost
Unit Price
be sent as ``29''.
CTP04
July 2012
380
Quantity
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTP05
C001
Composite Unit of Measure
Req
Type
C
Comp
M
ID
Min/Max
Usage
Used
Description: To identify a composite unit
of measure(See Figures Appendix for
examples of use)
CTP05-01
355
2/2
Must use
been taken
Code Name
CTP11
289
BG
BR
CA
CC
CF
CI
CR
DB
DR
EA
FT
Bag
Barrel
Case
Cubic Centimeter
Cubic Feet
Cubic Inches
Cubic Meter
Dry Pounds
Drum
Each
Foot
User Note 1:
Feet
FZ
Fluid Ounce (Imperial)
Description: A liquid unit of measure equal to 1/20 (.05) pint (Imperial), 28.416 cubic
centimeters, or 28.416 milliliters
GA
GI
GR
IN
KG
LB
LT
ML
PA
PL
PT
PX
TE
YD
Gallon
Imperial Gallons
Gram
Inch
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Milliliter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Pint
Pint, Imperial
Tote
Yard
Multiple Price Quantity
O
N0
1/2
Used
Description: Quantity of units for a given
price, e.g., 3 for $10.00
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
User Note 1: This is the quantity contained
in a multipack for the retail selling price
specified in CTP03, e.g., 3 for $10.00, when
the product will be sold as a multipack.
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
discount is given.
Comments:
1.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PID
Elements: 7
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID01
349
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
ID
2/2
Used
1/12
Used
of a description
Code Name
F
Free-form
User Note 1:
S
Structured (From Industry Code List)
User Note 1:
The description will be found in PID03 and PID04.
X
PID02
750
Semi-structured (Code and Text)
User Note 1:
The description will be found in PID03 and PID04, and PID05.
O
characteristic
Code Name
08
73
74
75
91
PID03
559
Product
Vendor color description
Vendor size description
Buyer's Color Description
Buyer's Item Size Description
C
Code Name
VI
PID04
751
Product Description Code
C
AN
Description: A code from an industry
code list which provides specific data
about a product characteristic
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID05
352
Description
GS1 Canada
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
ID
2/3
Used
content
PID06
752
Surface/Layer/Position Code
Description: Code indicating the product
surface, layer or position that is being
described
describe the relative sequence of the item
within the product, e.g., sequence of
birthstones within a mother's birthstone ring.
The ring is specified in the PO1 segment and
the stones in the PID segment.
Code Name
R0
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
RA
RB
PID09
819
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Relative
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
Position
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
Language Code
O
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Comments:
User Note 1:
The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are
maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline.
This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry,
furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain
the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition
to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative
placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 090
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PO1
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO401
356
Pack
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
C
R
1/9
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/9
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
container
PO406
384
Gross Weight per Pack
Description: Numeric value of gross
weight per pack
PO407
355
been taken
Code Name
KG
LB
PO408
385
Kilogram
Pound
Gross Volume per Pack
Description: Numeric value of gross
volume per pack
PO409
355
been taken
Code Name
CC
CF
CI
CR
GA
GI
LT
ML
PT
July 2012
Cubic Centimeter
Cubic Feet
Cubic Inches
Cubic Meter
Gallon
Imperial Gallons
Liter
Milliliter
Pint
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
PX
Pint, Imperial
PO414
810
Inner Pack
O
N0
1/6
Used
inner container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Semantics:
Comments:
357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 130
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 16
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Elements
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
SAC07
332
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
O
R
1/9
Used
percent
SAC08
118
Rate
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
25
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
currency specified
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
SAC09
355
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
User Note 1: When SAC02 contains code
D170, this data element is required and will
contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of
measure is in SAC09.
SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific
quantity which could be a dollar amount, that
is applicable to the service, promotion,
allowance, or charge.
SAC11
380
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
July 2012
Bill Back
User Note 1:
[V004010-2012 FS]
26
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
User Note 1:
05
User Note 1:
06
SAC13
127
User Note 1:
trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
1. R0203 - At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required.
2. P0304 - If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
27
Guidelines for EDI
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
the code used.
promotion.
Comments:
User Note 1:
There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the
header area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area
of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the header area is exclusive of the data
specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
28
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
ACK Line Item Acknowledgment
Pos: 270
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: ACK
Elements: 5
Purpose: To acknowledge the ordered quantities and specify the ready date for a specific line item
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ACK01
668
Line Item Status Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
C
R
1/15
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Code specifying the action
taken by the seller on a line item
requested by the buyer
Code Name
IA
IC
ID
ACK02
380
Item Accepted
Item Accepted - Changes Made
Item Deleted
User Note 1:
Cancellation of a line item
Quantity
User Note 1: Quantity which the change
affects, i.e., the quantity that applies to the
dates sent in ACK04 and ACK05
ACK03
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
July 2012
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
[V004010-2012 FS]
29
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
ACK04
Id
374
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
O
Type
ID
Min/Max
3/3
Usage
Used
8/8
Used
Code Name
068
100
ACK05
373
No Shipping Schedule Established as of
Date
C
DT
CCYYMMDD
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
P0203 - If either ACK02 or ACK03 is present, then the other is required.
C0405 - If ACK04 is present, then ACK05 is required.
C282729 - If ACK28 is present, then ACK27 and ACK29 are required.
Semantics:
1. ACK29 Industry Reason Code may be used to identify the item status. In addition, it may be used in
conjunction with ACK01 to further clarify the status.
User Note 1:
This segment may be used to indicate that a line item has been accepted, deleted, or changed. Some product production
cycles, such as furniture, are long and may have different ship dates than the original purchase order. This segment may be
used to inform the originator of the current ship date or that no ship date has been scheduled.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
30
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: CTT
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTT01
354
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/6
Must use
the transaction set
User Note 1: The number of PO1 segments
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
31
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 030
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
transaction set.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
32
856 Ship Notice/Manifest
FS
Foodservice EDI
Version: 4010-2012 Final
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ship Notice/Manifest - Foodservice - 856
Table of Contents
856
. . .
Ship Notice/Manifest - Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
4
. . .
BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
5
HL
. . .
Hierarchical Level - Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
7
. . .
TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
8
. .
11
. .
13
. .
TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
14
. .
15
. .
16
. .
18
N1
. .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
19
N2
. .
21
N3
. . 22
N4
. . 23
Geographic Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
HL
. .
Hierarchical Level - Unit or Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
24
. .
26
. .
MAN Marks and Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
27
HL
. .
Hierarchical Level - Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
28
. .
PRF Purchase Order Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
30
. .
TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
31
. .
33
N1
. .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
35
N2
. .
37
N3
. . 38
N4
. . 39
Geographic Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
HL
. .
Hierarchical Level - Shipping Tare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
40
. .
42
. .
PAL Pallet Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
43
HL
. .
Hierarchical Level - Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
45
LIN
. .
Item Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
47
. .
SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
49
. .
50
HL
. .
Hierarchical Level - Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
52
LIN
. .
Item Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
54
. .
SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
56
. .
57
PID
. .
Product/Item Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
59
. .
61
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
. .
62
. .
63
SE
July 2012
. .
64
[V004010-2012 FS]
ii
Guidelines for EDI
856
GS1 Canada
Ship Notice/Manifest - Foodservice
Functional Group= SH
Purpose: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Ship
Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
environment. The transaction set can be used to list the contents of a shipment of goods as well as additional
information relating to the shipment, such as order information, product description, physical characteristics, type of
packaging, marking, carrier information, and configuration of goods within the transportation equipment. The
transaction set enables the sender to describe the contents and configuration of a shipment in various levels of detail
and provides an ordered flexibility to convey information.The sender of this transaction is the organization
responsible for detailing and communicating the contents of a shipment, or shipments, to one or more receivers of
the transaction set. The receiver of this transaction set can be any organization having an interest in the contents of
a shipment or information about the contents of a shipment.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
010
020
ST
BSN
Beginning Segment for Ship
Notice
Id
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
M
M
1
1
Req
Max Use
Repeat
Notes
Usage
Must use
Must use
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - HL
010
HL
110
TD1
120
TD5
130
140
TD3
TD4
150
151
REF
PER
200
DTM
Hierarchical Level Shipment
Carrier Details (Quantity
and Weight)
Carrier Details (Special
Handling, or Hazardous
Materials, or Both)
Administrative
Date/Time Reference
N1
N2
240
250
N3
N4
HL
130
190
TD3
MAN
O
20
Used
O
12
Used
O
O
12
5
Used
Used
O
O
>1
3
Used
Used
O
10
July 2012
HL
Must use
Used
200
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
2
1
Used
Used
Hierarchical Level - Unit or
Lot
Marks and Numbers
M
1
O
O
12
>1
200000
LOOP ID - HL
010
C2/010
Usage
1
LOOP ID - HL
010
Notes
C2/010L
M
LOOP ID - N1
220
230
Repeat
200000
C2/010
M
1
[V004010-2012 FS]
Must use
Used
Used
200000
Hierarchical Level - Order
C2/010L
C2/010L
C2/010
Must use
1
Guidelines for EDI
Pos
Id
Segment Name
050
110
PRF
TD1
150
REF
GS1 Canada
Req
Max Use
Purchase Order Reference
Carrier Details (Quantity
and Weight)
O
O
1
20
Used
Used
O
>1
Used
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
2
1
Used
Used
LOOP ID - N1
220
230
N1
N2
240
250
N3
N4
HL
190
215
MAN
PAL
200000
Hierarchical Level Shipping Tare
Marks and Numbers
Pallet Information
M
1
O
O
>1
1
Hierarchical Level - Pack
Item Identification
Item Detail (Shipment)
Marks and Numbers
M
O
O
O
1
1
1
>1
LOOP ID - HL
010
020
030
190
HL
LIN
SN1
MAN
HL
LIN
SN1
PO4
PID
REF
DTM
Usage
M
O
O
O
O
O
O
1
1
1
1
200
>1
10
Req
Max Use
O
M
1
1
Must use
Used
Used
C2/010L
C2/010
200000
Hierarchical Level - Item
Item Identification
Item Detail (Shipment)
Date/Time Reference
C2/010L
C2/010
200000
LOOP ID - HL
010
020
030
060
070
150
200
Notes
200
LOOP ID - HL
010
Repeat
Must use
Used
Used
Used
C2/010L
C2/010
Must use
Used
Used
Used
Used
Used
Used
Notes
Usage
N3/010
Used
Must use
Summary:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
010
020
CTT
SE
Transaction Totals
Repeat
Notes:
3/010
Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of HL segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of units shipped (SN102) for each SN1 segment.
Comments:
2/010L
2/010
2/010L
2/010
July 2012
The HL segment is the only mandatory segment within the HL loop, and by itself, the HL segment has no
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
2/010L
2/010
2/010L
2/010
2/010L
2/010
2/010L
2/010
July 2012
GS1 Canada
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
meaning.
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
856
ST02
329
Ship Notice/Manifest
M
within the group.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
BSN Beginning Segment for Ship
Notice
Pos: 020
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 5
Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BSN01
353
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
M
AN
2/30
Must use
M
DT
8/8
Must use
M
TM
4/8
Must use
O
ID
4/4
Must use
transaction set
Code Name
00
07
BSN02
396
Original
Duplicate
Shipment Identification
Description: A unique control number
assigned by the original shipper to identify
a specific shipment
BSN03
373
Date
CCYYMMDD
BSN04
337
Time
hundredths (00-99)
BSN05
1005
Hierarchical Structure Code
Description: Code indicating the
hierarchical application structure of a
transaction set that utilizes the HL
segment to define the structure of the
transaction set
Code Name
0001 Shipment, Order, Packaging, Item
User Note 1:
Pick and Pack Structure
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
1. C0706 - If BSN07 is present, then BSN06 is required.
Semantics:
1. BSN03 is the date the shipment transaction set is created.
2. BSN04 is the time the shipment transaction set is created.
3. BSN06 is limited to shipment related codes.
Comments:
1. BSN06 and BSN07 differentiate the functionality of use for the transaction set.
User Note 1:
In some implementations, it may be appropriate to omit the unit load level and packaging levels, i.e., tare and pack, from the
transaction set. Depending on the retailer's receiving systems, carton identification may not be required. Code 0004 in BSN05
indicates the use of a hierarchical structure that does not include a unit load level or any packaging levels.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
HL01
628
Hierarchical ID Number
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/12
Must use
M
ID
1/2
Must use
Description: A unique number assigned
by the sender to identify a particular data
segment in a hierarchical structure
User Note 1: The value for this level
(shipment) is 1.
HL03
735
Hierarchical Level Code
Description: Code defining the
characteristic of a level in a hierarchical
structure
Code Name
S
Shipment
Comments:
1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating
line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
3. HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction
set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which
case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each
subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
4. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
5. HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next
occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent
segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
6. HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL
segment.
User Note 1:
The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure.
HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to
the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set.
HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first
occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the
series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment,
e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and
Weight)
Pos: 110
Max: 20
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 7
Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD101
103
Packaging Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
3/5
Used
packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part
2: Packaging Material; if the Data Element
is used, then Part 1 is always required
Code Name
BAG
CTN
MIX
Bag
Carton
Mixed Container Types
Description: More than one type of container is included in a shipment (shipment could
consist of 3 pieces that include 1 box, 1 crate, and 1 basket)
User Note 1:
Can be used only with code 71 in Part 2
PLT
SLP
Pallet
Slip Sheet
Description: Shipping containers utilizing slip sheets, which are cardboard platforms used
to hold product for storage or transportation
SRW Shrink Wrap
Description: In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by placing a large "bag" of
plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and cause the bag
to tighten around the contents
Code Name
01
25
31
58
71
76
79
91
94
TD102
80
Aluminum
Corrugated or Solid
Fibre
Metal
Not Otherwise Specified
Paper
Plastic
Stainless Steel
Wood
Lading Quantity
C
N0
1/7
Used
Description: Number of units (pieces) of
the lading commodity
User Note 1: The number of packages in the
shipment as described in TD101
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD106
187
Weight Qualifier
GS1 Canada
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
1/2
Used
C
R
1/10
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/8
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
Description: Code defining the type of
weight
Code Name
G
TD107
81
Gross Weight
Weight
TD108
355
been taken
Code Name
KG
LB
TD109
183
Kilogram
Pound
Volume
Description: Value of volumetric
measure
User Note 1: Gross volume
TD110
355
been taken
Code Name
CC
CF
CI
CR
GA
GI
LT
ML
PT
PX
Cubic Centimeter
Cubic Feet
Cubic Inches
Cubic Meter
Gallon
Imperial Gallons
Liter
Milliliter
Pint
Pint, Imperial
Syntax Rules:
1. C0102 - If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
9
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
4. P0708 - If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required.
5. P0910 - If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required.
User Note 1:
This segment, at the shipment level, is used to specify total containers and gross weight of the shipment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 120
Loop: HL
Max: 12
Detail - Optional
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD501
133
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
1/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
C
AN
2/80
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
shipment movement
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
O
S
TD502
66
C
Code Name
2
TD503
67
Identification Code
other code
TD504
91
Code Name
H
July 2012
Customer Pickup
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
M
R
TD505
387
Rail
Routing
C
AN
1/35
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
TD506
368
Shipment/Order Status Code
Description: Code indicating the status
of an order or shipment or the disposition
of any difference between the quantity
ordered and the quantity shipped for a line
item or transaction
Code Name
CC
Shipment Complete on (Date)
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Semantics:
Comments:
User Note 1:
guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502 and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific
private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2 and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used
When using a small package service provider as the carrier, TD502 will contain code 2, TD503 will contain the carrier's SCAC,
and TD504 will contain code U to inform the receiver of a small package service shipment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 130
Max: 12
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD301
40
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Must use
O
AN
1/4
Used
C
AN
1/10
Used
Code Name
CV
FT
RT
TL
TD302
206
Closed Van
Flat Bed Trailer
Equipment Initial
Description: Prefix or alphabetic part of
an equipment unit's identifying number
TD303
207
Equipment Number
Description: Sequencing or serial part of
an equipment unit's identifying number
(pure numeric form for equipment number
is preferred)
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
User Note 1:
This segment is used to specify the trailer number for a truckload shipment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 140
TD4 Carrier Details (Special
Max: 5
Detail - Optional
Handling, or Hazardous
Materials, or Both)
Loop: HL
Elements: 1
Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials information, or both
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD401
152
Special Handling Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/3
Must use
Description: Code specifying special
transportation handling instructions
Code Name
CC
Container, Consolidator Load
Description: Full container
CF
Container, Factory Load
Description: Full container, not to be opened for consolidation
LN
LR
TC
Less Than Container, Consolidator Load
Less Than Container, Factory Load
Trailer, Consolidator Load
Description: Full trailer
TF
Trailer, Factory Load
Description: Full trailer, not to be opened for consolidation
Syntax Rules:
1. R010204 - At least one of TD401, TD402 or TD404 is required.
Semantics:
1. TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A "Y" indicates an MSDS
exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/30
Must use
Code Name
BM
CN
MB
REF02
127
Bill of Lading Number
Carrier's Reference Number (PRO/Invoice)
Master Bill of Lading
C
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
User Note 1:
In some cases, individual shipments with bill of lading may be grouped under a Master Bill of Lading. Under this
circumstance, specifying both the bill of lading and the associated Master Bill of Lading Number will facilitate tracking.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 151
PER Administrative
Max: 3
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PER01
366
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
group named
Code Name
DI
PER02
93
Delivery Instructions Contact
Name
PER03
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER04
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
when applicable
PER05
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER06
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
C
when applicable
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 200
Max: 10
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
C
DT
8/8
Must use
C
TM
4/8
Used
Code Name
011
017
067
068
AA1
AA2
DTM02
373
Shipped
Estimated Delivery
Current Schedule Delivery
Estimated Point of Arrival
Estimated Point of Discharge
Date
CCYYMMDD
DTM03
337
Time
hundredths (00-99)
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 220
N1 Name
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
Code Name
SF
ST
N102
93
Ship From
Ship To
Name
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
N104
67
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
AN
2/80
Used
other code
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
processing party.
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB.
When the ship to is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required.
In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each
transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104
will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103
will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the
combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 230
Max: 2
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 240
Max: 2
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 250
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
N405
309
Location Qualifier
location
Code Name
D
K
W
IA
N406
310
Census Schedule D
Census Schedule K
Worldwide Geographic Location Code
International Air Transport Association (IATA) Location Qualifier
Location Identifier
O
AN
1/30
Used
Description: Code which identifies a
specific location
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
HL Hierarchical Level - Unit or Lot
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
HL01
628
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/12
Must use
O
AN
1/12
Must use
M
ID
1/2
Must use
HL02
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
Description: Identification number of the
next higher hierarchical data segment that
the data segment being described is
subordinate to
HL03
735
structure
Code Name
UT
Unit or Lot
User Note 1:
Unit load
Comments:
segment.
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
25
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 130
Max: 12
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD301
40
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Must use
Code Name
20
2B
40
4B
CN
CZ
20 ft. IL Container (Open Top)
20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top)
40 ft. IL Container (Open Top)
40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top)
Container
Refrigerated Container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
26
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 190
MAN Marks and Numbers
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
MAN01
88
Marks and Numbers Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/2
Must use
application or source of Marks and
Numbers (87)
Code Name
GM
SSCC-18 and Application Identifier
User Note 1:
This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that
includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the modulo 103
check digit are not included.
MAN02
87
Marks and Numbers
M
AN
1/48
Must use
Description: Marks and numbers used to
identify a shipment or parts of a shipment
Syntax Rules:
1. P0405 - If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.
2. C0605 - If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.
Semantics:
1. MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks and numbers assigned to the
same physical container.
2. When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a sequential range and MAN03 is
the ending number of that range.
3. When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a sequential range, and MAN06 is
Comments:
1. When MAN01 contains code "UC" (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of
ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same
on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.
2. MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.
3. When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID numbers, the integrity of the
two ID numbers must be maintained.
User Note 1:
This segment, at the unit load level, is used to specify the identification number for the unit load.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
27
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
HL Hierarchical Level - Order
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
HL01
628
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/12
Must use
O
AN
1/12
Must use
M
ID
1/2
Must use
HL02
734
subordinate to
HL03
735
structure
Code Name
O
Order
Comments:
segment.
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
28
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
29
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
PRF Purchase Order Reference
Pos: 050
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 1
Purpose: To provide reference to a specific purchase order
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PRF01
324
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/22
Must use
orderer/purchaser
Semantics:
1. PRF04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
30
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and
Weight)
Pos: 110
Max: 20
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 5
Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD101
103
Packaging Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
3/5
Used
C
N0
1/7
Used
O
ID
1/2
Used
C
R
1/10
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part
2: Packaging Material; if the Data Element
is used, then Part 1 is always required
Code Name
BAG
CTN
PLT
Bag
Carton
Pallet
Code Name
01
25
31
76
79
94
TD102
80
Aluminum
Corrugated or Solid
Fibre
Paper
Plastic
Wood
Lading Quantity
Description: Number of units (pieces) of
the lading commodity
TD106
187
Weight Qualifier
Description: Code defining the type of
weight
Code Name
G
TD107
81
Gross Weight
Weight
TD108
355
been taken
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
31
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
GR
KG
Gram
Kilogram
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
User Note 1:
This segment, at the order level, is used to specify the number and type of shipping containers in the order.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
32
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
6B
U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number
User Note 1:
Customs entry number
BM
BT
CH
CO
Bill of Lading Number
Batch Number
Customer catalog number
Customer Order Number
User Note 1:
Customer of retailer
DP
HB
IA
Department Number
Bill & Hold Invoice Number
User Note 1:
Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the retailer, for use within the retailer's
system
IT
User Note 1:
Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the vendor, for use within the vendor's
system
IV
MR
PD
QC
Merchandise Type Code
Product Specification Document Number
Description: Model designation of replacement component
User Note 1:
Schematic reference number
SB
VN
REF02
127
Sales Region Number
Vendor Order Number
C
AN
1/30
Must use
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
33
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
34
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 220
N1 Name
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
Code Name
BY
N102
93
Name
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
N104
67
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
AN
2/80
Used
other code
User Note 1: This is the location code as
defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be
assigned by either the buyer or seller. The
location refers to a store, warehouse,
distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes
are used to alleviate the need to send
complete names and addresses.
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
35
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Comments:
processing party.
User Note 1:
There will be at least one occurrence, of this segment, to identify the buying party by using code BY in N101.
N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT, MA or OB.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
36
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 230
Max: 2
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
37
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 240
Max: 2
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
38
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 250
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
39
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
HL Hierarchical Level - Shipping
Tare
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
HL01
628
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/12
Must use
O
AN
1/12
Must use
M
ID
1/2
Must use
HL02
734
subordinate to
HL03
735
structure
Code Name
T
Shipping Tare
Comments:
segment.
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
40
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
41
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 190
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
MAN01
88
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/2
Must use
Numbers (87)
Code Name
GM
User Note 1:
EAN.UCC Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC) and Application Identifier
SEE CODE SOURCE 98
MAN02
87
Marks and Numbers
M
AN
1/48
Must use
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
Comments:
User Note 1:
This segment, at the tare level, is used to specify the identification numbers for the pallet.;
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
42
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 215
PAL Pallet Information
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 5
Purpose: To identify the type and physical attributes of the pallet, and, gross weight, gross volume, and height of the
load and the pallet
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PAL01
883
Pallet Type Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
1/2
Used
pallet
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PAL02
884
Aluminum
As Specified by the Department of Transportation (DOT)
Metal
Standard
Steel
Wood
Slip sheet
Description: Typically cardboard or plastic sheets used to hold product for storage or
transportation
Pallet Tiers
O
N0
1/3
Used
O
N0
1/3
Used
O
N0
1/6
Used
O
ID
1/1
Used
Description: The number of layers per
pallet
PAL03
885
Pallet Blocks
Description: The number of pieces
(cartons) per layer on the pallet
PAL04
356
Pack
container
PAL15
399
Pallet Exchange Code
Description: Code specifying pallet
exchange instructions
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
July 2012
No Exchange/No Return
Exchange Pallets
Return Pallets
Pallets to be Purchased by Customer
Third-Party Pallet Exchange
[V004010-2012 FS]
43
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
P0506 - If either PAL05 or PAL06 is present, then the other is required.
C0710 - If PAL07 is present, then PAL10 is required.
L10070809 - If PAL10 is present, then at least one of PAL07, PAL08 or PAL09 is required.
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PAL04 (Pack) is the number of pieces on the pallet.
PAL05 (Unit Weight) is the weight of the pallet alone, before loading.
PAL07 and PAL08 (Length and Width) are the dimensions of the pallet before loading.
PAL09 (Height) is the height of the pallet and load.
PAL11 and PAL13 (Gross Weight and Gross Volume) are measured after loading and includes the pallet.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
44
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
HL Hierarchical Level - Pack
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
HL01
628
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/12
Must use
O
AN
1/12
Must use
M
ID
1/2
Must use
HL02
734
subordinate to
HL03
735
structure
Code Name
P
Pack
Comments:
segment.
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
45
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
46
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
LIN Item Identification
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 4
Purpose: To specify basic item identification data
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
LIN02
235
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
Code Name
LT
UK
LIN03
234
Lot Number
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
Product/Service ID
M
AN
1/48
Must use
C
ID
2/2
Used
product or service
LIN04
235
Code Name
LT
UK
Lot Number
Description:
GTIN-14
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
LIN05
234
Product/Service ID
C
AN
1/48
Used
product or service
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
P0405 - If either LIN04 or LIN05
July 2012
is present, then the other is required.
[V004010-2012 FS]
47
Guidelines for EDI
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
1. LIN01 is the line item identification
Comments:
1. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.
2. LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color,
User Note 1:
This segment, at the pack level, is used to specify the GTIN-14 Shipping Container Code, and production information. The SN1
segment that follows is used to specify the number of cases identified in the LIN segment. The LIN segment, at the item level,
is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code.
The codes listed for LIN02 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the LIN segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
48
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 030
SN1 Item Detail (Shipment)
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SN102
382
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
R
1/10
Must use
M
ID
2/2
Must use
SN103
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Syntax Rules:
1. P0506 - If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification.
Comments:
1. SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.
User Note 1:
This segment, at the pack level, is used only to specify the number of cases identified by the GTIN-14 Shipping Container
Code in the previous LIN segment. The LIN segment in the item level is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the
case code.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
49
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 190
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
MAN01
88
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/2
Must use
Numbers (87)
Code Name
GM
User Note 1:
SEE CODE SOURCE 98
UP
U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1)
User Note 1:
GTIN-12
A 12-digit GS1 Identification Key composed of a GS1 Company Prefix, Item Reference, and
Check Digit used to identify trade items
MAN02
87
Marks and Numbers
M
AN
1/48
Must use
C
ID
1/2
Used
MAN04
88
Numbers (87)
Code Name
GM
User Note 1:
SEE CODE SOURCE 98
UP
MAN05
87
U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1)
User Note 1:
GTIN-12
A 12-digit GS1 Identification Key composed of a GS1 Company Prefix, Item Reference, and
Check Digit used to identify trade items
Marks and Numbers
C
AN
1/48
Used
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
50
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
Comments:
User Note 1:
When the shipping container is the same as the consumer unit, the GTIN may be the only unique identification code on the
container. In many applications, it is necessary to positively identify what identification code is to be scanned and matched
at point of receipt. Since the GTIN is not a unique serial shipping container code, only one pack level for each item is required
when using the pick and pack structure. The total number of shipping units for this item is the same as the quantity for the
item in the SN1 segment at the item level.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
51
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
HL Hierarchical Level - Item
Max: 1
Detail - Mandatory
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
HL01
628
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/12
Must use
O
AN
1/12
Must use
M
ID
1/2
Must use
HL02
734
subordinate to
HL03
735
structure
Code Name
I
Item
Comments:
segment.
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
52
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
53
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
LIN Item Identification
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify basic item identification data
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
LIN02
235
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
Code Name
UK
Description:
GTIN-14
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
LIN03
234
Product/Service ID
M
AN
1/48
Must use
product or service
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Semantics:
1. LIN01 is the line item identification
Comments:
1. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs.
2. LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color,
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
54
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
User Note 1:
The codes listed for LIN02 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the LIN segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
55
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 030
SN1 Item Detail (Shipment)
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SN102
382
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
R
1/10
Must use
M
ID
2/2
Must use
SN103
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Syntax Rules:
1. P0506 - If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification.
Comments:
1. SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.
User Note 1:
This segment is used to specify the quantities associated with the item identified in the LIN at the item level.
When specifying an item, which is comprised of two or more components that are in unique shipping containers, SN103 will
contain code ST for set and the quantity specified in SN102 is the number of sets as identified in the LIN segment. Each
different component is identified in one pack level. See the VICS Note, on the SLN segment, at the pack level.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
56
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO401
356
Pack
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
O
N0
1/6
Used
container
PO414
810
Inner Pack
inner container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Semantics:
Comments:
357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
User Note 1:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
57
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
PO408 and PO409.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
58
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 070
Max: 200
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID01
349
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
of a description
Code Name
F
PID02
750
Free-form
User Note 1:
O
characteristic
Code Name
08
PID05
352
Product
Description
C
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
59
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
60
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/30
Must use
Code Name
REF02
127
CO
Customer Order Number
User Note 1:
Final Customer Order Number
LT
SE
Lot Number
Serial Number
C
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
61
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 200
Max: 10
Detail - Optional
Loop: HL
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
DT
8/8
Must use
Code Name
036
DTM02
373
Expiration
Description: Date coverage expires
Date
C
CCYYMMDD
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
62
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTT01
354
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/6
Must use
the transaction set
User Note 1: The number of HL segments
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
63
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
transaction set.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
64
860 Purchase Order
Initiated FS
Foodservice EDI
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer
Initiated Foodservice - 860
Table of Contents
860
. . .
Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
3
. . .
BCH Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
4
. . .
CUR Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
6
. . .
8
. . .
PER Administrative Communications Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
9
. .
11
. .
12
ITD
. .
17
. .
19
. .
20
. .
22
N9
. .
Reference Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
23
. .
MSG Message Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
24
N1
. .
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
25
N2
. .
27
N3
. . 28
N4
. . 29
. .
30
. .
POC Line Item Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
31
. .
CTP Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
35
PID
. .
Product/Item Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
36
. .
PO4 Item Physical Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
38
. .
40
. .
45
SE
July 2012
. .
46
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
860
GS1 Canada
Initiated Foodservice
Functional Group= PC
Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated Transaction Set (860) for use within the context of an Electronic Data
Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide the information required for the
customary and established business and industry practice relative to a purchase order change. This transaction can
be used: (1) by a buyer to request a change to a previously submitted purchase order or (2) by a buyer to confirm
acceptance of a purchase order change initiated by the seller or by mutual agreement of the two parties.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
010
020
ST
BCH
040
050
060
CUR
REF
PER
080
FOB
Purchase Order Change
Currency
Administrative
Req
Max Use
M
M
1
1
Must use
Must use
O
O
O
1
>1
3
Used
Used
Used
O
>1
LOOP ID - SAC
120
SAC
130
ITD
150
240
DTM
TD5
250
TD3
N9
MSG
Notes
Usage
Used
25
Service, Promotion,
Information
Terms of Sale
Date/Time Reference
O
1
Used
O
5
Used
O
O
10
12
Used
Used
O
12
Used
Message Text
O
O
1
1000
LOOP ID - N9
285
290
Repeat
1000
LOOP ID - N1
Used
Used
200
300
310
N1
N2
320
330
340
N3
N4
REF
Name
Additional Name
Information
Address Information
Geographic Location
Id
Segment Name
O
O
1
2
Used
Used
O
O
O
2
>1
12
Used
Used
Used
Req
Max Use
Detail:
Pos
LOOP ID - POC
010
040
July 2012
POC
CTP
Repeat
Notes
Usage
>1
Line Item Change
Pricing Information
O
O
1
>1
[V004010-2012 FS]
Used
Used
1
Guidelines for EDI
Pos
Id
GS1 Canada
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
LOOP ID - PID
050
090
PID
PO4
SAC
Notes
Usage
1000
O
O
1
>1
LOOP ID - SAC
130
Repeat
Used
Used
25
Service, Promotion,
Information
O
1
Req
Max Use
O
M
1
1
Used
Summary:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
LOOP ID - CTT
010
030
CTT
SE
Transaction Totals
Repeat
Notes
1
N3/010L
N3/010
Usage
Used
Must use
Notes:
3/010L
3/010
July 2012
Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of POC segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (POC03) for each POC segment.
Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of POC segments. If used, hash total
(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (POC03) for each POC segment.
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
860
ST02
329
Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated
M
AN
within the group.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 020
BCH Beginning Segment for
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Purchase Order Change
Loop: N/A
Elements: 8
Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Change Transaction Set and transmit identifying
numbers and dates
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
BCH01
353
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
2/2
Must use
transaction set
Code Name
01
04
BCH02
92
Cancellation
Change
Purchase Order Type Code
M
Purchase Order
Code Name
BCH03
324
BK
RE
RL
Blanket Order (Quantity Firm)
Reorder
Release or Delivery Order
Description: An order for goods and services placed against a pre-existing contract or
blanket order
SA
Stand-alone Order
M
AN
1/22
Must use
O
AN
1/30
Used
M
DT
8/8
Must use
orderer/purchaser
User Note 1: Retailer's original purchase
order number
BCH04
328
Release Number
Description: Number identifying a
release against a Purchase Order
previously placed by the parties involved
in the transaction
User Note 1: Retailer's release against the
purchase order, if used
BCH06
373
Date
CCYYMMDD
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
order date
BCH07
326
Request Reference Number
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
1/45
Used
O
AN
1/30
Used
O
DT
8/8
Must use
Description: Reference number or RFQ
number to use to identify a particular
transaction set and query (additional
reference number or description which
can be used with contract number)
BCH08
367
Contract Number
Description: Contract number
BCH11
373
Date
CCYYMMDD
order change date. The date the change was
created in the application system. This data
element is required by the retail industry.
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
BCH06
BCH09
BCH10
BCH11
July 2012
is
is
is
is
the
the
the
the
date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.
seller's order number.
date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment.
date of the purchase order change request.
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
CUR Currency
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 5
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CUR01
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
M
ID
3/3
Must use
O
R
4/10
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
ID
3/3
Used
Code Name
BY
CUR02
100
Currency Code
are specified
CUR03
280
Exchange Rate
Description: Value to be used as a
multiplier conversion factor to convert
monetary value from one currency to
another
CUR04
98
Code Name
SE
CUR05
100
Selling Party
Currency Code
O
are specified
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
GS1 Canada
Comments:
User Note 1:
See Section V (CUR Usage) for usage examples.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
DP
Department Number
User Note 1:
This code may be used in the header area or the detail area, but not both.
IA
User Note 1:
REF02
127
IT
User Note 1:
PD
C
AN
1/30
Must use
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 060
PER Administrative
Max: 3
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 6
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PER01
366
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
group named
Code Name
BD
IC
PER02
93
Buyer Name or Department
Information Contact
Name
PER03
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER04
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
when applicable
PER05
365
Code Name
EM
TE
PER06
364
Electronic Mail
Telephone
C
when applicable
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
9
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
10
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 080
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
FOB01
146
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
ID
1/2
Used
AN
1/80
Used
Code Name
CC
PB
PP
FOB02
309
Collect
Prepaid (by Seller)
Location Qualifier
C
location
Code Name
DE
OR
FOB03
352
Description
O
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C0302 - If FOB03 is
C0405 - If FOB04 is
C0706 - If FOB07 is
C0809 - If FOB08 is
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 120
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 16
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Elements
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
VI
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
SAC07
332
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
User Note 1:
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
O
R
1/9
Used
percent
SAC08
July 2012
118
Rate
[V004010-2012 FS]
13
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
currency specified
SAC09
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
SAC11
380
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
July 2012
Bill Back
User Note 1:
[V004010-2012 FS]
14
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
SAC13
127
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
User Note 1:
05
User Note 1:
06
User Note 1:
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
15
Guidelines for EDI
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
the code used.
promotion.
Comments:
User Note 1:
SAC03 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes. This code list is maintained by the VICS EDI
SMC and is located in Section III of this guideline.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
16
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
of Sale
Pos: 130
Max: 5
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 8
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ITD01
336
Terms Type Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
2/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
O
R
1/6
Used
C
DT
8/8
Used
C
N0
1/3
Used
payment terms
Code Name
05
08
09
14
ITD02
333
Proximo
O
Code Name
1
2
3
4
7
15
ITD03
338
Ship Date
Delivery Date
Invoice Date
Specified Date
Effective Date
Receipt of Goods
ITD04
370
format CCYYMMDD
ITD05
351
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
17
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
ITD06
446
Terms Net Due Date
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
DT
8/8
Used
O
N0
1/3
Used
O
N2
1/10
Used
CCYYMMDD
ITD07
386
Terms Net Days
applicable)
ITD08
362
discount
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
Comments:
User Note 1:
See Section V (ITD Terms Specification and Formulas) for usage examples.
In the transitional period for the retail industry, from paper to full automated EDI transactions, there may be a perceived
need to send text data with the terms. Clearly the goal is to have the entire retail industry participating in EDI. Therefore, if
text data is needed to be sent for terms, ITD12 will contain the free form text. If additional text is needed, additional ITD
segments will be used.
Many times, deferred terms are specified on the purchase order with only the knowledge that the terms are to be based on a
date value which is not known, e.g., invoice or delivery date. What is known is the percentage or dollar amount of each
deferred installment, and the number of days after the date the terms are based on, that each installment will be due. In
these cases, ITD01 will contain code 04, indicating deferred or installment terms, and ITD02 will contain the appropriate
terms date basis code (most typically code 2 for Delivery Date, code 3 for Invoice Date, or code 15 for Receipt of Goods Date).
ITD07 will contain the number of days after the terms basis date that this installment is due. ITD10 or ITD11 will be used to
indicate a dollar amount (ITD10) for that installment or the percent (ITD11) for that installment. Use one ITD segment for
each installment.
When specifying deferred terms and the exact terms basis date is known, e.g., invoice date, ITD09 should be used to specify
the exact deferred or installment date.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
18
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 150
Max: 10
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
DTM01
374
Date/Time Qualifier
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
C
DT
8/8
Must use
C
TM
4/8
Used
Code Name
002
118
DTM02
373
Delivery Requested
Requested Pick-up
Date
CCYYMMDD
DTM03
337
Time
hundredths (00-99)
Syntax Rules:
User Note 1:
This segment is used to specify order processing dates.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
19
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 240
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 5
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD501
133
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
ID
1/2
Used
ID
1/2
Used
C
AN
2/80
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
shipment movement
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
O
S
TD502
66
C
Code Name
2
91
92
TD503
67
Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent
Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent
Identification Code
other code
TD504
91
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
20
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
H
M
TD505
387
Customer Pickup
Routing
C
AN
1/35
Used
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Semantics:
Comments:
User Note 1:
guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502, and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific
private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2, and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
21
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 250
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N/A
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
TD301
40
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Used
Code Name
CV
FT
RT
TL
Closed Van
Flat Bed Trailer
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
22
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 285
N9 Reference Identification
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N9
Elements: 2
Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N901
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/30
Must use
Code Name
AH
N902
127
Agreement Number
C
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
1. N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.
2. N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
23
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 290
MSG Message Text
Max: 1000
Heading - Optional
Loop: N9
Elements: 1
Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
MSG01
933
Free-Form Message Text
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/264
Must use
Description: Free-form message text
Syntax Rules:
1. C0302 - If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required.
Semantics:
1. MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing.
Comments:
1. MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of page, advance a line, etc.
2. If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03 is required.
User Note 1:
This segment will contain any text clauses for the agreement referenced in the previous N9 segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
24
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 300
N1 Name
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N101
98
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
Code Name
BO
User Note 1:
BS
BT
BY
SF
ST
SU
Bill and Ship To
Bill-to-Party
Ship From
Ship To
User Note 1:
VN
N102
93
Vendor
User Note 1:
Name
C
AN
1/60
Used
C
ID
1/2
Used
N103
66
Code Name
9
UL
N104
July 2012
67
SEE CODE SOURCE 583
Identification Code
C
[V004010-2012 FS]
AN
2/80
Used
25
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
other code
User Note 1: This is the location code as
defined by N103. The location code may be a
formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be
assigned by either the buyer or seller. The
location refers to a store, warehouse,
distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes
are used to alleviate the need to send
complete names and addresses.
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
processing party.
User Note 1:
N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT, MA or OB.
When the ship to is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required.
In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each
transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104
will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103
will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the
combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
26
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 310
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N201
93
Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/60
Must use
O
AN
1/60
Used
N202
93
Name
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
27
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 320
Max: 2
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N301
166
Address Information
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
AN
1/55
Must use
O
AN
1/55
Used
N302
166
Address Information
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
28
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 330
Max: >1
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
N401
19
City Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
2/30
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
O
ID
3/15
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
N402
156
government agency
N403
116
Postal Code
N404
26
Country Code
User Note 1:
CA Canada
MX Mexico
US United States
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
29
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 340
Max: 12
Heading - Optional
Loop: N1
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
REF01
128
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
AN
1/30
Must use
Code Name
DK
REF02
127
Dock Number
C
Syntax Rules:
Semantics:
User Note 1:
This segment is used to identify a dock number, within the ship-to location, when the ship-to-location number does not
uniquely identify the ship to and dock number.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
30
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
POC Line Item Change
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: POC
Elements: 9
Purpose: To specify changes to a line item
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
POC01
350
Assigned Identification
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
AN
1/20
Used
M
ID
2/2
Must use
O
R
1/15
Used
C
R
1/9
Used
C
Comp
M
ID
Description: Alphanumeric characters
assigned for differentiation within a
transaction set
POC02
670
Change or Response Type Code
change to the line item
Code Name
AI
CE
CT
DI
PC
QD
QI
POC03
330
Add Additional Item(s)
Changes To Item Level Allowance/Charges
Change of Dates
Delete Item(s)
Price Change
Quantity Decrease
Quantity Increase
Quantity Ordered
User Note 1: This is the current (net)
amount on order before the change quantity
(POC04) is applied.
POC04
671
Quantity Left to Receive
Description: Quantity left to receive as
qualified by the unit of measure
User Note 1: This is the quantity to be
subtracted or added to the quantity ordered
(POC03), based on the code in POC02.
POC05
C001
Composite Unit of Measure
Used
Description: To identify a composite unit
of measure(See Figures Appendix for
examples of use)
POC05-01 355
2/2
Must use
been taken
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
31
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
POC06
212
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Unit Price
C
R
1/17
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
be sent as ``29''.
POC07
639
Basis of Unit Price Code
unit price for an item
clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit
price expressed in POC06 is always in the
same terms as the unit of measure in POC05,
unless otherwise specified in POC07.
Code Name
LD
LE
NC
PO
PP
PR
QT
RD
RE
TD
TE
WD
WE
July 2012
Catalog Price per Dozen
Catalog Price per Each
No Charge
Price per Ounce
Price per Pound
Promotion
Quoted
Retail Price per Dozen
Retail Price per Each
Contract Price per Dozen
Contract Price per Each
Wholesale Price per Dozen
Wholesale Price per Each
[V004010-2012 FS]
32
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
POC08
235
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
2/2
Used
Code Name
UK
POC09
234
SEE CODE SOURCE 41
Product/Service ID
C
AN
1/48
Used
product or service
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
C030405 - If POC03 is present, then POC04 and POC05 are required.
C0706 - If POC07 is present, then POC06 is required.
P0809 - If either POC08 or POC09 is present, then the other is required.
Semantics:
1. POC01 is the purchase order line item identification.
User Note 1:
POC03 is the current (net) amount on order before the quantity is applied. POC04 is the quantity to be subtracted or added
based upon the code in POC02.
The multi-SKU case pack is used by retailers to order cases packed with specific items, each with a specific quantity. This is
similar to the dynamic assortment, however the unit of measurement code in POC05 is different for each use.
For dynamic assortments, POC05 will contain code AS. This identifies the item listed in the Product/Service IDs as an
assortment and the contents of the assortment are listed in subsequent SLN segments. For assortments, at least one
occurrence of the Product/Service ID Qualifier and the Product/Service ID are required to identify the assortment. This may
be a U.P.C., a vendor assigned number, or a retailer assigned number. There is no implication of packaging for assortments;
this is part of the trading partners' business practices. Assortments are primarily used as an ordering tool.
For the multi-SKU case pack, POC05 will contain code CA, and there is no requirement to send a Product/Service ID in the
POC segment. The use of code CA in POC05, and the presence of the SLN segments, informs the receiver to pack the cases
with the SKUs and quantities in the SLN segments. The quantity in POC03 is the number of cases being ordered. Each SLN
segment, that follows the POC segment, lists the Product ID, e.g., U.P.C., and the quantity of the SKU that is to be in the case.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
33
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
The total units in each case is the sum of the quantities in the SLN segment.
When POC02 contains code PC, POC06 may be used to specify the new unit cost for the item, and the CTP segment
immediately following may be used to specify the new price. The type of price is defined by CTP02.
The codes listed for POC08 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the POC segment.
See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
34
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: POC
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTP02
236
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
ID
3/3
Must use
R
1/17
Must use
specification
Code Name
UCP
CTP03
212
Unit cost price
User Note 1:
Item list cost
Unit Price
C
be sent as ``29''.
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
discount is given.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
35
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Loop: PID
Elements: 3
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PID01
349
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
2/3
Used
AN
1/80
Used
of a description
Code Name
F
PID02
750
Free-form
User Note 1:
O
characteristic
Code Name
08
73
74
75
91
PID05
352
Product
Vendor color description
Vendor size description
Buyer's Color Description
Buyer's Item Size Description
Description
C
content
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
36
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Comments:
User Note 1:
The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are
maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline.
This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry,
furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain
the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition
to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative
placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
37
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 090
Max: >1
Detail - Optional
Loop: POC
Elements: 4
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
PO401
356
Pack
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
O
N0
1/6
Used
C
R
1/8
Used
C
ID
2/2
Used
N0
1/6
Used
container
PO402
357
Size
pack
PO403
355
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
PO414
810
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Inner Pack
O
inner container
Syntax Rules:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
38
Guidelines for EDI
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
Comments:
357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".
User Note 1:
number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V
(Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples.
PO408 and PO409.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
39
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 130
Max: 1
Detail - Optional
Information
Loop: SAC
Elements: 16
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC01
248
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
4/4
Used
ID
2/2
Used
specified
Code Name
A
C
N
R
SAC02
1300
Allowance
Charge
Allowance Request
Charge Code
C
Code Name
User Note 1:
H806 Tax Credit
User Note 1:
SAC03
559
C
Code Name
VI
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
40
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
SAC04
1301
or Charge Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
C
AN
1/10
Used
O
N2
1/15
Used
C
ID
1/1
Used
SAC05
610
Amount
SAC06
378
calculated
Code Name
1
2
3
Item List Cost
Item Net Cost
Discount/Gross
User Note 1:
4
Discount/Net
User Note 1:
5
Base Price per Unit
User Note 1:
Line item discount
6
7
Base Price Amount
User Note 1:
SAC07
332
Percent
C
R
1/6
Used
O
R
1/9
Used
percent
SAC08
118
Rate
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
41
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Ref
Id
Element Name
currency specified
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
SAC09
355
C
ID
2/2
Used
C
R
1/15
Used
O
R
1/15
Used
O
ID
2/2
Used
been taken
Code Name
BG
BR
CA
DR
EA
GA
KG
LB
LT
PA
PL
TE
SAC10
380
Bag
Barrel
Case
Drum
Each
Gallon
Kilogram
Pound
Liter
Pail
Pallet/Unit Load
Tote
Quantity
SAC11
380
Quantity
SAC12
331
Handling Code
Code Name
01
July 2012
Bill Back
User Note 1:
[V004010-2012 FS]
42
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Code Name
02
Off Invoice
User Note 1:
03
User Note 1:
04
User Note 1:
SAC13
127
05
User Note 1:
06
User Note 1:
C
AN
1/30
Used
O
AN
1/20
Used
C
AN
1/80
Used
O
ID
2/3
Used
SAC14
770
Option Number
SAC15
352
Description
content
SAC16
819
Language Code
Syntax Rules:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
43
Guidelines for EDI
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
GS1 Canada
Semantics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
the code used.
promotion.
Comments:
User Note 1:
SAC03 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes. This code list is maintained by the VICS EDI
SMC and is located in Section III of this guideline.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
44
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Summary - Optional
Loop: CTT
Elements: 1
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
CTT01
354
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/6
Must use
the transaction set
User Note 1: The number of POC segments
Syntax Rules:
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
45
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 030
Max: 1
Summary - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
transaction set.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
46
997 Functional
Acknowledgment
Foodservice EDI
Author:
Publication:
Notes:
Technical Standards
7/1/2012
For Implementation
December 2012
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Functional Acknowledgment - 997
Table of Contents
. . .
997 Functional Acknowledgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
1
ST
. . .
Transaction Set Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
2
. . .
AK1 Functional Group Response Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
3
. . .
AK2 Transaction Set Response Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
4
. . .
AK3 Data Segment Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
5
. . .
AK4 Data Element Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
6
. . .
AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . <PH>
8
. .
AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
10
SE
July 2012
. .
Transaction Set Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PH>
13
[V004010-2012 FS]
i
Guidelines for EDI
997
GS1 Canada
Functional Acknowledgment
Functional Group= FA
Purpose: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Functional
Acknowledgment Transaction Set (997) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
environment. The transaction set can be used to define the control structures for a set of acknowledgments to
indicate the results of the syntactical analysis of the electronically encoded documents. The encoded documents are
the transaction sets, which are grouped in functional groups, used in defining transactions for business data
interchange. This standard does not cover the semantic meaning of the information encoded in the transaction sets.
Heading:
Pos
Id
Segment Name
Req
Max Use
010
020
ST
AK1
Functional Group Response
Header
M
M
1
1
Transaction Set Response
Header
O
1
LOOP ID - AK2
030
AK2
999999
LOOP ID - AK3
040
050
060
AK3
AK4
AK5
070
AK9
080
SE
Repeat
Usage
Must use
Must use
N1/030L
N1/030
999999
Data Segment Note
Data Element Note
Transaction Set Response
Trailer
Functional Group Response
Trailer
Notes
N1/010
N1/020
Used
C1/040L
O
O
M
1
99
1
C1/040
Used
Used
Must use
M
1
Must use
M
1
Must use
Notes:
1/010
1/020
1/030L
1/030
There is only one Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set per acknowledged functional group.
AK1 is used to respond to the functional group header and to start the acknowledgement for a functional
group. There shall be one AK1 segment for the functional group that is being acknowledged.
AK2 is used to start the acknowledgement of a transaction set within the received functional group. The
AK2 segments shall appear in the same order as the transaction sets in the functional group that has
been received and is being acknowledged.
AK2 is used to start the acknowledgement of a transaction set within the received functional group. The
AK2 segments shall appear in the same order as the transaction sets in the functional group that has
been received and is being acknowledged.
Comments:
1/040L
1/040
July 2012
The data segments of this standard are used to report the results of the syntactical analysis of the
functional groups of transaction sets; they report the extent to which the syntax complies with the
standards for transaction sets and functional groups. They do not report on the semantic meaning of the
transaction sets (for example, on the ability of the receiver to comply with the request of the sender).
The data segments of this standard are used to report the results of the syntactical analysis of the
functional groups of transaction sets; they report the extent to which the syntax complies with the
standards for transaction sets and functional groups. They do not report on the semantic meaning of the
transaction sets (for example, on the ability of the receiver to comply with the request of the sender).
[V004010-2012 FS]
1
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 010
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
ST01
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
AN
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Code Name
997
ST02
329
Functional Acknowledgment
M
Note: The number is sequentially assigned by
the sender, starting with one within each
functional group. For each functional group,
the first transaction set control number will be
0001 and incremented by one for each
additional transaction set within the group.
Semantics:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
2
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
AK1 Functional Group Response
Header
Pos: 020
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a functional group
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
AK101
479
Functional Identifier Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/2
Must use
1/9
Must use
Description: Code identifying a group of
application related transaction sets
Note: This is the functional group ID of the
group that is being acknowledged, e.g., if a
purchase order group is being acknowledged,
the value would be PO; it is the value sent in
GS01 for the original transmission.
Code Name
IN
PC
PO
PR
RA
SH
AK102
28
Invoice Information (810,819)
Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated (860)
Purchase Order (850)
Purchase Order Acknowledgement (855)
Payment Order/Remittance Advice (820)
Ship Notice/Manifest (856)
Group Control Number
M
N0
Description: Assigned number originated
and maintained by the sender
Note: This is the control number assigned to
the group being acknowledged, e.g., this is the
control number assigned by the sender of the
original transmission. It is the value sent in
GS06 for the original transmission.
Semantics:
1. AK101 is the functional ID found in the GS segment (GS01) in the functional group being acknowledged.
2. AK102 is the functional group control number found in the GS segment in the functional group being
acknowledged.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
3
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
AK2 Transaction Set Response
Header
Pos: 030
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: AK2
Elements: 2
Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a single transaction set
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
AK201
143
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
3/3
Must use
4/9
Must use
Transaction Set
Note: This is the transaction set ID of the
transaction being acknowledged, e.g., if a
purchase order is being acknowledged, the
value would be 850; it is the value sent in ST01
for the original transmission.
Code Name
810
820
850
855
856
860
AK202
329
Invoice
Purchase Order
Purchase Order Acknowledgment
Ship Notice/Manifest
Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated
M
AN
Note: This is the control number assigned to
the transaction set being acknowledged, e.g.,
this is the control number assigned by the
sender of the original transmission. It is the
value sent in ST02 for the original
transmission.
Semantics:
1. AK201 is the transaction set ID found in the ST segment (ST01) in the transaction set being acknowledged.
2. AK202 is the transaction set control number found in the ST segment in the transaction set being
acknowledged.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
4
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 040
AK3 Data Segment Note
Max: 1
Heading - Optional
Loop: AK3
Elements: 4
Purpose: To report errors in a data segment and identify the location of the data segment
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
AK301
721
Segment ID Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
2/3
Must use
M
N0
1/6
Must use
O
AN
1/6
Used
O
ID
1/3
Used
Description: Code defining the segment
ID of the data segment in error (See
Appendix A - Number 77)
AK302
719
Segment Position in Transaction Set
Description: The numerical count
position of this data segment from the
start of the transaction set: the transaction
set header is count position 1
AK303
447
Loop Identifier Code
Description: The loop ID number given
on the transaction set diagram is the
value for this data element in segments
LS and LE
AK304
720
Segment Syntax Error Code
Description: Code indicating error found
based on the syntax editing of a segment
Code Name
1
2
3
July 2012
Unrecognized segment ID
Unexpected segment
Mandatory segment missing
[V004010-2012 FS]
5
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 050
AK4 Data Element Note
Max: 99
Heading - Optional
Loop: AK3
Elements: 4
Purpose: To report errors in a data element or composite data structure and identify the location of the data element
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
AK401
C030
Position in Segment
Req
Type
M
Comp
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/2
Must use
O
N0
1/4
Used
M
ID
1/3
Must use
AN
1/99
Used
Must use
Description: Code indicating the relative
position of a simple data element, or the
relative position of a composite data
structure combined with the relative
position of the component data element
within the composite data structure, in
error; the count starts with 1 for the simple
data element or composite data structure
immediately following the segment ID
AK401-01
722
Element Position in Segment
Description: This is used to indicate the
relative position of a simple data element,
or the relative position of a composite
data structure with the relative position of
the component within the composite data
structure, in error; in the data segment the
count starts with 1 for the simple data
element or composite data structure
immediately following the segment ID
AK402
725
Data Element Reference Number
Description: Reference number used to
locate the data element in the Data
Element Dictionary
AK403
723
Data Element Syntax Error Code
Description: Code indicating the error
found after syntax edits of a data element
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AK404
724
Mandatory data element missing
Conditional required data element missing.
Too many data elements.
Data element too short.
Data element too long.
Invalid character in data element.
Invalid code value.
Copy of Bad Data Element
O
Description: This is a copy of the data
element in error
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
6
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Semantics:
1. In no case shall a value be used for AK404 that would generate a syntax error, e.g., an invalid character.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
7
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
AK5 Transaction Set Response
Trailer
Pos: 060
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: AK2
Elements: 6
Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection and report errors in a transaction set
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
AK501
717
Transaction Set Acknowledgment
Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
ID
1/3
Used
Description: Code indicating accept or
reject condition based on the syntax
editing of the transaction set
Code Name
A
E
R
AK502
718
Accepted
Accepted But Errors Were Noted
Rejected
Transaction Set Syntax Error Code
O
based on the syntax editing of a
transaction set
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK503
718
Transaction Set Not Supported
Transaction Set Trailer Missing
Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer Do Not Match
Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual Count
One or More Segments in Error
O
ID
1/3
Used
transaction set
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK504
718
O
ID
1/3
Used
transaction set
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
8
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK505
718
O
ID
1/3
Used
transaction set
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK506
718
O
ID
1/3
Used
transaction set
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
Note:
The codes listed for AK502 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 718 in the AK5 segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
9
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
AK9 Functional Group Response
Trailer
Pos: 070
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 9
Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection of a functional group and report the number of included
transaction sets from the original trailer, the accepted sets, and the received sets in this functional group
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
AK901
715
Functional Group Acknowledge Code
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
ID
1/1
Must use
Description: Code indicating accept or
reject condition based on the syntax
editing of the functional group
Code Name
A
E
P
R
AK902
97
Accepted
Accepted, But Errors Were Noted.
Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was Rejected
Rejected
Number of Transaction Sets Included
M
N0
1/6
Must use
M
N0
1/6
Must use
M
N0
1/6
Must use
O
ID
1/3
Used
Description: Total number of transaction
sets included in the functional group or
interchange (transmission) group
terminated by the trailer containing this
data element
AK903
123
Number of Received Transaction Sets
Description: Number of Transaction Sets
received
AK904
2
Number of Accepted Transaction Sets
Description: Number of accepted
Transaction Sets in a Functional Group
AK905
716
Functional Group Syntax Error Code
based on the syntax editing of the
functional group header and/or trailer
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK906
July 2012
716
Functional Group Not Supported
Functional Group Version Not Supported
Functional Group Trailer Missing
Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header and Trailer Do Not Agree
Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match Actual Count
O
[V004010-2012 FS]
ID
1/3
Used
10
Guidelines for EDI
Ref
Id
GS1 Canada
Element Name
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK907
716
O
ID
1/3
Used
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK908
716
O
ID
1/3
Used
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
AK909
716
O
ID
1/3
Used
Code Name
1
2
3
4
5
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
11
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Comments:
1. If AK901 contains the value "A" or "E", then the transmitted functional group is accepted.
Note:
The codes listed for AK905 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 716 in the AK9 segment.
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
12
Guidelines for EDI
GS1 Canada
Pos: 080
Max: 1
Heading - Mandatory
Loop: N/A
Elements: 2
Element Summary:
Ref
Id
Element Name
SE01
96
Req
Type
Min/Max
Usage
M
N0
1/10
Must use
M
AN
4/9
Must use
and SE segments
SE02
329
Note: This must be the same number as is in
the ST segment (ST02) for the transaction set.
Comments:
July 2012
[V004010-2012 FS]
13

4010-2012 Foodservice Guidelines for EDI

Transcription

Similar documents

[email protected] Junior Engineer fishnick.com

gs1 standards

bowling challenge - Friends of We Care

Nations Restaurant News Advertorial

Textiles Opico SA de CV

the Burger Bash Invite PDF

EXTENDED! - Restaurant Equippers

presentation

An update on the bar code guideline for medical devices in Japan